Cities Index.
Exhibit 1 - Pierce Manufacturing COOP

City Council and Concurrent Authorities
March 22, 2022

Document
Exhibit 1 - Pierce Manufacturing COOP
Meeting
March 22, 2022
Body
City Council and Concurrent Authorities
Pages
2
Original file
16.8 MB
Text extracted from the city's file for reading and search. Open the original on legistar1.granicus.com. That file is the official record.

1/11/2018http://www.publicpurchase.com/gems/bid/bidView?bidId=89846 EXHIBIT 1
Pre-Bid Conference
Date Feb 14, 2018 10:00:00 AM CST
Location Web Conference
Notes Pre-proposal information will be sent two
days prior.

Documents
No Documents for this bid
Customer Support: [email protected] | Copyright 1999-2018 © | The Public Group, LLC. All rights reserved.

Page 2 of 2 ends

1/11/2018http://www.publicpurchase.com/gems/bid/bidView?bidId=89846 EXHIBIT 1
Notice
Basic Information
Details
Dates
Contact Information
Bid Submission Process
Estimated Contract Value (CAD) $999,999,999.00 (Not shown to suppliers) Reference Number 0000075478
Issuing Organization National Joint Powers Alliance
Solicitation Type RFP - Request for Proposal
Solicitation Number 022818
Title Firefighting Apparatus, with Related Equipment, Accessories, and Supplies Source ID PP.CO.USA.868485.C88455
Region All of Canada, All of Canada
Purchase Type Term: 2018/04/16 12:00:00 AM CDT - 2022/04/15 12:00:00 AM CDT Description The National Joint Powers Alliance® (NJPA), on behalf of NJPA and its current and potential member agencies, which includes all governmental, higher education, K-12 education, not-for-profit, tribal government, and all other public agencies located in all fifty states, Canada, and internationally, issues this Request For Proposal (RFP) to result in a national contract solution for the procurement of #022818 FIREFIGHTING APPARATUS, WITH RELATED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND SUPPLIES. Details of this RFP are available beginning January 11, 2018. Details may be obtained by letter of request to Chris Robinson, NJPA, 202 12th Street Northeast, P.O. Box 219, Staples, MN 56479, or by e-mail at [email protected]. Proposals will be received until February 28, 2018 at 4:30 p.m. Central Time at the above address and opened March 1, 2018 at 8:30 a.m. Central Time.

Publication 2018/01/11 12:18:56 PM CST
Question Acceptance Deadline 2018/02/21 04:30:00 PM CST Questions are submitted online No
Bid Intent Not Available
Closing Date 2018/02/28 04:30:00 PM CST
Procurement Department
218-894-1930
[email protected]
Bid Submission Type Electronic Bid Submission
Pricing Lump sum
Pricing Lump sum
Bid Documents List
Item Name Description Mandatory
Bid Documents Documents defining the proposal Yes
022818 - Firefighting Apparatus, with Related Equipment,... 2018/01/11 12:21:19 PM CST Page 1 of 6
EXHIBIT 1
Documents
Documents
Document Size Uploaded Date Language
Merx RFP File.docx [docx] 12 Kb 2018/01/11 12:18:24 PM CST English 022818 - Firefighting Apparatus, with Related Equipment,... 2018/01/11 12:21:19 PM CST Page 2 of 6
EXHIBIT 1
Categories
Selected Categories
GSIN (59)
G Goods
Goods
N42 Firefighting, Rescue, And Safety Equipment
Firefighting, Rescue, And Safety Equipment
N42 Fire Fighting Equipment
Fire Fighting Equipment
N4200 FIREFIGHTING, RESCUE AND SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Firefighting, rescue and safety equipment
N4210 FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT

FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT
N4210A ALARM, AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER

ALARM, AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER
N4210B GROUND FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT

GROUND FIRE FIGHTING EQUIPMENT
N4210BD HOSE, RUBBER LINED COTTON AND UNLINED LINEN (FIRE FIGHTING, GROUND)

HOSE, RUBBER LINED COTTON AND UNLINED LINEN (FIRE FIGHTING, GROUND) N4210E HYDRANTS, FIRE

HYDRANTS, FIRE
N4210F EXTINGUISHERS, FIRE, MARINE ONLY

EXTINGUISHERS, FIRE, MARINE ONLY
N4210K PUMPING EQUIPMENT, PORTABLE (FIREFIGHTING, GROUND)

PUMPING EQUIPMENT, PORTABLE (FIREFIGHTING, GROUND)
N4210N EXTINGUISHER AGENTS

EXTINGUISHER AGENTS
N4210NB FOAM LIQUID CONCENTRATE, FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENT, CGSB 28-GP-28A, DND QPL FOAM LIQUID CONCENTRATE, FIRE EXTINGUISHING AGENT, CGSB 28-GP-28A, DND QPL N4210P FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT - COMPLETE FIRE TRUCKS AND TRAILERS ONLY

FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT - COMPLETE FIRE TRUCKS AND TRAILERS ONLY N4210PA TRACKED VEHICLE, FIREFIGHTING

TRACKED VEHICLE, FIREFIGHTING
N4210PB TRAILER, FIRE PUMPER

TRAILER, FIRE PUMPER
N4210PC TRUCK, FIRE, CRASH

TRUCK, FIRE, CRASH
N4210PD TRUCK, FIREFIGHTING

TRUCK, FIREFIGHTING
N4210W FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT, SPECIAL, CUSTOMER OR SYSTEMS ENGINEERED PRODUCTS

FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT, SPECIAL, CUSTOMER OR SYSTEMS ENGINEERED PRODUCTS N4210X FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT (MARINE)

FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT (MARINE)
N4210Y FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT, ARMOURED FIGHTING VEHICLE, S.M.P.

FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT, ARMOURED FIGHTING VEHICLE, S.M.P.

N4210Z FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES, MARINE ONLY

FIREFIGHTING EQUIPMENT ACCESSORIES, MARINE ONLY
N4220 MARINE LIFE SAVING AND DIVING EQUIPMENT
Marine Lifesaving and Diving Equipment Includes Diving and Salvage Apparatus, including Pressurized Divers' Suits; Rescue Nets, Buoyant; Inflatable Life Vests; Life Rafts.

N4220A CHAMBER, RECOMPRESSION, DIVER AND HYPERBARIC DIVING SIMULATION

CHAMBER, RECOMPRESSION, DIVER AND HYPERBARIC DIVING SIMULATION N4220B COMPRESSORS, UNDERWATER BREATHING APPARATUS

COMPRESSORS, UNDERWATER BREATHING APPARATUS
022818 - Firefighting Apparatus, with Related Equipment,... 2018/01/11 12:21:19 PM CST Page 3 of 6
EXHIBIT 1
GSIN (59)
N4220D DIVING EQUIPMENT SET

DIVING EQUIPMENT SET
N4220DA DIVING EQUIPMENT SET, AQUA-LUNG AND MISCELLANEOUS PARTS

DIVING EQUIPMENT SET, AQUA-LUNG AND MISCELLANEOUS PARTS N4220E LIFE PRESERVERS

LIFE PRESERVERS
N4220EA LIFE PRESERVERS, INFLATABLE BELTS AND VESTS

LIFE PRESERVERS, INFLATABLE BELTS AND VESTS
N4220EB LIFE PRESERVERS, NON-INFLATABLE BELTS AND VESTS

LIFE PRESERVERS, NON-INFLATABLE BELTS AND VESTS
N4220F LIFE RAFTS INFLATABLE

LIFE RAFTS INFLATABLE
N4220G DIVERS SUIT AND ACCESSORIES

DIVERS SUIT AND ACCESSORIES
N4220J SURVIVAL KIT, AIR-SEA RESCUE

SURVIVAL KIT, AIR-SEA RESCUE
N4220L PRESSURE VESSELS, COMPRESSED AIR

PRESSURE VESSELS, COMPRESSED AIR
N4220M LIFE RAFTS, INFLATABLE (SHIPBOARD APPLICATION)

LIFE RAFTS, INFLATABLE (SHIPBOARD APPLICATION)
N4220Q SURVIVAL KIT OTHER THAN AIR-SEA RESCUE

SURVIVAL KIT OTHER THAN AIR-SEA RESCUE
N4230 DECONTAMINATING AND IMPREGNATING EQUIPMENT

DECONTAMINATING AND IMPREGNATING EQUIPMENT
N4230B DECONTAMINATING EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS NBCW (VEHICLES EXCEPTED)

DECONTAMINATING EQUIPMENT AND COMPONENTS NBCW (VEHICLES EXCEPTED) N4230C PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION LOTION (C.W. AGENTS)
PERSONNEL DECONTAMINATION LOTION (C.W. AGENTS)
N4240 SAFETY AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT
Safety and Rescue Equipment Includes Portable Fire Escapes; Safety Nets, Nonbuoyant.

N4240A CANISTER, OXYGEN GENERATING, BREATHING APPARATUS, EXCEPT AIRCRAFT

CANISTER, OXYGEN GENERATING, BREATHING APPARATUS, EXCEPT AIRCRAFT N4240AE CANISTER, PARTICULATE

CANISTER, PARTICULATE
N4240B BREATHING APPARATUS, OXYGEN GENERATING

BREATHING APPARATUS, OXYGEN GENERATING
N4240C GOGGLES, SAFETY (ALL TYPES)

GOGGLES, SAFETY (ALL TYPES)
N4240DA MASKS, AIR FILTERING, DISPOSABLE

MASKS, AIR FILTERING, DISPOSABLE
N4240DB MASKS, SAFETY AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT, N.E.S.

MASKS, SAFETY AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT, N.E.S.

N4240E NET, SAFETY

NET, SAFETY
N4240G RESPIRATORS, AIR FILTERING AND COMPONENTS

RESPIRATORS, AIR FILTERING AND COMPONENTS
N4240J BELTS AND HARNESSES SAFETY, INDUSTRIAL

BELTS AND HARNESSES SAFETY, INDUSTRIAL
N4240L HYDRAULIC RESCUE EQUIPMENT

HYDRAULIC RESCUE EQUIPMENT
N4240LA HYDRAULIC SHEAR

HYDRAULIC SHEAR
N4240LB HYDRAULIC SPREADER

HYDRAULIC SPREADER
022818 - Firefighting Apparatus, with Related Equipment,... 2018/01/11 12:21:19 PM CST Page 4 of 6
EXHIBIT 1
GSIN (59)
N4240M MARINE NBCW SAFETY AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT

MARINE NBCW SAFETY AND RESCUE EQUIPMENT
N4240NA MASK, CHEMICAL/BIOLOGICAL (NON-MARINE)

MASK, CHEMICAL/BIOLOGICAL (NON-MARINE)
N4240NAG FILTER, AIR, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL (CW)

FILTER, AIR, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL (CW)
N4240NAL FILTER, GAS (CW)

FILTER, GAS (CW)
N4240NAM FILTER, GAS-PARTICULATE (CW)

FILTER, GAS-PARTICULATE (CW)
N4240NB COMPONENTS, N.E.S. CHEMICAL/BIOLOGICAL (NON-MARINE) COMPONENTS, N.E.S. CHEMICAL/BIOLOGICAL (NON-MARINE)
N4240P SAFETY EQUIPMENT, N.E.S.

SAFETY EQUIPMENT, N.E.S.

N4240Q SAFETY EQUIPMENT, FORESTRY

SAFETY EQUIPMENT, FORESTRY
N4240R PERSONNEL STAIRWAY EVACUATION (CHAIR)

PERSONNEL STAIRWAY EVACUATION (CHAIR)
MERX Category (1)
G Goods
Goods
G14 Fire Fighting, Security and Safety Equipment
Fire Fighting, Security and Safety Equipment
022818 - Firefighting Apparatus, with Related Equipment,... 2018/01/11 12:21:19 PM CST Page 5 of 6
EXHIBIT 1
Document Request List
Document Request List
Organization Name Main Contact Download Date City Province/State No document has been requested yet.
022818 - Firefighting Apparatus, with Related Equipment,... 2018/01/11 12:21:19 PM CST Page 6 of 6
EXHIBIT 1
Bid Information
/ ∠Home ∠List of Bids Bid Information
Bid Information for 022818
Bid Number 022818 Bid Name Firefighting Apparatus with Related Equipment, Accessories and Supplies
Published By National Joint Powers Alliance Solicitation Type Open to all suppliers Contract Type RFP Procurement Name Procurement
Published Date 01/11/2018 Closing Date 02/28/2018 04:30:00 PM ET Country & Province/State Ontario, Canada Region & City , Staples Bid Type Goods, Services Group
Estimated Contract Amount $0.00
Remind Notice Date Not Applicable Publish Option
NIGP Code Value Range Not Applicable
Client Departments
Accept questions Not Applicable Tender Area
NDA Requirement Not Applicable
NOI Date Not Applicable
Site Meetings Not Applicable
Firefighting Apparatus with Related Equipment, Accessories and Supplies 022818
Closing Date: 02/28/2018 4:30:00 PM ET
Detail:

The National Joint Powers Alliance® (NJPA), on behalf of NJPA and its current and potential member agencies, which includes all governmental, higher education, K-12 education, not-for-profit, tribal government, and all other public agencies located in all fifty states, Canada, and internationally, issues this Request For Proposal (RFP) to result in a national contract solution for the procurement of #022818 FIREFIGHTING APPARATUS, WITH RELATED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND SUPPLIES.

Details of this RFP are available beginning January 11, 2018. Details may be obtained by letter of request to Chris Robinson, NJPA, 202 12th Street Northeast, P.O. Box 219, Staples, MN 56479, or by e-mail at [email protected].

Proposals will be received until February 28, 2018 at 4:30 p.m. Central Time at the above address and opened March 1, 2018 at 8:30 a.m. Central Time.

No Bid Document Selected
Safety Equipment/ Services / Supplies First Aid training/supplies, Safety gears-boots, belts, helmet, Health and safety inspections (Fire Sprinkler systems), lifeline systems, fall arrest, fire extinguishers services and supply, Asbestos Management Plan, crowd control / portable gates etc.

Pending Biddingo Approval Pending Biddingo Approval
Requirements
Bid Advertisement
Bid Document
Selected Categories (Biddingo Category)
Attached Bid Documents

Page 1 of 2 ends

1/11/2018https://r2cow.biddingo.com/viewVerification/380449/1288631 EXHIBIT 1
Seq. Seq. Name Name Description Description Size Size Page Page NDA NDA Required Required
Preview Preview
Document Document
No File Attached
Name / Email Name / Email Address Address Phone Phone Fax Fax No Bidder Invited
© Copyright 2018 R2CoW. All Rights Reserved.

Powered by
[ SUPPORT (Download Training Manuals) ]
Invited Bidders

Page 2 of 2 ends

1/11/2018https://r2cow.biddingo.com/viewVerification/380449/1288631 EXHIBIT 1
Category: Goods
Opportunity Notice
Firefighting Apparatus with Related
Equipment Accessories and Supplies
Opportunity Information
Organization: Alberta Association of Municipal Districts and Counties on behalf of the
National
Joint Powers Alliance (NJPA)
Organization Address:

Reference Number: AB-2018-00205
Solicitation Number: 2018-00205
Solicitation Type: Request for Proposal
Posting (MM/dd/yyyy): 01/11/2018
04:30:00 PM Alberta Time
Closing (MM/dd/yyyy): 02/28/2018
03:30:59 PM Alberta Time
Last Update (MM/dd/yyyy): 01/11/2018
03:57:10 PM Alberta Time
Agreement Type: NWPTA/TILMA & CFTA
Region of Opportunity: Open
Region of Delivery: Alberta
Opportunity Type: Open & Competitive
Commodity Codes:

N4240A: Canister, Oxygen Generating, Breathing Apparatus, Except Aircraft
N4210B: Ground Fire Fighting Equipment
N4210: Fire
Fighting Equipment
Interested vendors (bidders) who
wish to submit a response to this
opportunity
should register their
interest by downloading the
document(s) from the bid package.

Expressing interest means that you
will automatically receive an e-mail
notification
each time an
amendment is made to the
opportunity for which you have
'expressed an interest'.

Response Submission:

4.8 All proposals must be properly labeled and sent to “The National Joint Powers Alliance, 202 12th Street NE Staples, MN 56479.”
Response Contact:

Robinson, Chris
Procurement Manager
202-12th Street
Staples, MN
56479
Tel: (218)895-4168
Fax: 1-877-758-1364
Email: chris,[email protected]
Response Specifics:

4.9 All proposals must be physically delivered to NJPA at the above address with all required hard copy documents and signature forms/pages inserted as loose pages at the front of the Vendor’s response. The
proposal must include these items.

4.9.1 Hard copy original of completed,
signed, and dated Forms C, D, F; hard copy of the signed signature-page only from Forms A and P from this RFP;

4.9.2 Signed hard copies of all addenda issued for the RFP;

4.9.3 Hard copy of Certificate of Insurance verifying the coverage identified in this RFP; and EXHIBIT 1

4.9.4 A complete copy of your response on a flash drive (or other approved electronic means). The electronic copy must contain completed Forms A, B, C, D, F, and P, your statement of products and pricing (including apparent discount), and all appropriate attachments. In order to ensure that your full response is evaluated, you must provide an electronic version of any material that you provide in a hard copy format.

As a public agency, NJPA’s proposals, responses, and awarded contracts are a matter of public record, except for
such data that is classified as nonpublic. Accordingly, public data is available for review through a properly
submitted public records request. To redact nonpublic information from your proposal (under Minnesota Statute §13.37), you must make your request within thirty (30) days of the contract award or non-award date.

Opportunity Description:

The scope of this RFP is to award a contract to a qualifying vendor defined as a manufacturer, provider, or dealer/distributor, established as a Proposer, and deemed responsive and responsible through our open and competitive proposal process. Vendors will be awarded contracts based on the proposal and responders demonstrated ability to meet the expectations of the RFP and demonstrate the overall highest valued solutions which meet and/or exceed the current and future needs and requirements of NJPA and its Member agencies nationally within the scope of FIREFIGHTING APPARATUS, WITH RELATED EQUIPMENT, ACCESSORIES, AND SUPPLIES.

APC "Opportunity Notices" This notice is provided for information purposes only. Refer to the "Opportunity Documents" in the bid package for authoritative information.

All queries pertaining
to the language, content or any missing or inaccurate information within this abstract must be sent to its originator of the abstract, as specified in the opportunity notice. © APC - All rights reserved. No part of the information contained in this Web Site may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of the Manager, Centre of Expertise via: [email protected].

Her Majesty the Queen in right of Alberta and the Alberta public sector entities that use APC are not responsible or liable for the accuracy of the information contained in the publication. It is the responsibility of interested parties to review the opportunity posting for changes or updates prior to the opportunity closing date/time.

EXHIBIT 1
EXHIBIT 1
EXHIBIT 1
EXHIBIT 1
EXHIBIT 1
EXHIBIT 1
EXHIBIT 1
EXHIBIT 1

EXHIBIT B

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS

Non-Applicable

EXHIBIT 1

EXHIBIT C

EXHIBIT 1
February 17, 2022

Mr. Paul Salvestrin, Deputy Chief
City of Stockton Fire Department
400 E. Main Street
Stockton, CA 95202

Dear Chief
Salvestrin:

I am enclosing our proposal for one (1) new Pierce Manufacturing Inc. 1500 GPM Pumper. Based on your department’s input, we have selected the Pierce Enforcer chassis on which to base this proposal. Some of the noteworthy features you will find include:

 450 horsepower Cummins L9 motor with an Allison EVS 3000 transmission  1,500 GPM Waterous single stage pump with 720-gallon water tank  FoamPro 2002 single agent foam system
 All emergency lighting is LED

I would like to review a projected “final delivery” estimated example, assuming the purchase is approved at Council on 03/ 22/22 and a contract or PO is given to GSFA no later than the end of the month (03/31/22) here is an example:

Description of Service # Days
number of days Pierce estimates for "Factory Final Inspection" 210 number of days allowed for customer to conduct final inspection at Pierce 3 number of days allowed for Pierce to fix any “gig” items prior to departure to California 10
number of days required to drive from Appleton, WI to Sacramento, CA 5 number of days to wash/detail apparatus 1
number of days to conduct our dealer preparation inspections/duties 2 number of days to fix any warrantable items 10
IF APPLICABLE, number of days to add radio / electronics installation 2 IF APPLICABLE number of days to mount loose equipment 21 number of days to drive unit from Sacramento, CA to customer location 1 TOTAL TO QUOTE (CALENDAR DAYS) 265

Assuming GSFA gets the contract or PO and can send in the order to Pierce on 03/ 31/22, Pierce in turn should “book” the job on Friday 04/01/22. We will use 04/01/22 as “day #1” (or the contractual book date). If you add 265 calendar days to 04/01/22 it equals November 27, 2022. This results in, based on our lead- time quote on the proposal page – estimated delivery to the City between December 22, 2022, and January 6, 2023 . So, from a planning standpoint that is as close of a date range that we can pin down at time of proposal submittal.

Please keep in mind there will be more work from Golden State to do at our shop on this project as compared to the six (6) units currently on order (job 37621 01-06). This information can be found in “Exhibit C.”

EXHIBIT 1
The cost of the unit described in this proposal is contingent upon the City making a 100% pre- payment (or entering into a lease purchase agreement) at time of contract signing. Lease purchase options are available upon request (a lease purchase option would allow the City to take advantage of the 100% pre- payment pricing). Lease purchases provide greater budget flexibility using customized repayment terms to meet the unique cash flow requirements of your organization.

The total price shown includes California Sales Tax at the rate of 9.00% and includes one (1) factory inspection trip as outlined in the specification. Price is based on delivery F.O.B. to the City of Stockton Fire Department at the address shown above.

If the City elects to purchase the proposed apparatus and would like to sign a contract, please let me know right away and I will have one drafted and send it to you for signing. Or if the city prefers to purchase the proposed apparatus with a Purchase Order (PO), please address it to the following:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
This quote will be valid until March 31, 2022. We appreciate the opportunity to submit this information and look forward to going over any questions you might have. Let me know if there is anything else I can do and feel free to give me a call anytime. My cell number is ( 209) 613-3809 and thank you again.

Sincerely,

Ryan Wright
President
EXHIBIT 1

PRODUCT

PROPOSAL
Exhibit “A”
Bid #713

EXHIBIT 1

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR
City of Stockton Fire Department
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper
Sourcewell contract #022818-PMI,
ID #789
February 17, 2022

SALES CONSULTANT
Ryan Wright
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
209.613.3809 Cell
[email protected]

PARTS, SERVICE & SUPPORT
Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service, Inc.
7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828
916.330.1638 Office
[email protected]

EXHIBIT 1

PROPOSAL PREPARED FOR:

City of Stockton Fire Department
400 E. Main Street
Stockton, CA 95202

We hereby propose and agree to furnish, after your acceptance of this proposal and the proper execution by the CITY OF STOCKTON, hereinafter called “Customer” and an officer of Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., hereinafter called “GSFA”, the following fire apparatus and equipment, hereinafter called “Product”:

PROPOSAL SUMMARY
This proposal includes the following items in accordance with the specifications hereto attached:
 Fire apparatus and equipment described herein
 Delivery to GSFA service center in Sacramento
 Pre-delivery inspection/services by GSFA
 Final delivery from service center to Customer
 Demonstration and familiarization of the Product

PRODUCT COMPLETION
Product shall be built in accordance with the specifications hereto attached, delays due to acts of God, strikes, war, or intentional conflict, failures to obtain chassis, materials, unusual weather conditions or other causes beyond GSFA’s control not preventing, within approximately 265 to 280 CALENDAR DAYS after receipt of this order and the acceptance thereof at our Sacramento, California office. Within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of this order and acceptance thereof, GSFA shall submit to Customer a production schedule including tentative pre-construction conference, final inspection and final delivery dates.

DELIVERY LOCATION
Product shall be shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto attached and be delivered to you at STOCKTON, CALIFORNIA. Proof of insurance must be demonstrated by the Customer to GSFA prior to transferring of the Product(s).

Submitted Date: February 17, 2022
Proposal Number: 90217-22
Expiration Date: March 31, 2022
Sales Consultant: Ryan Wright
# Description Unit Price
A One (1) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Enforcer 1500 GPM Pumper 714,821.75 B Discount for Sourcewell contract #022818-PMI, ID #789 (33,899.00) C Pre-Payment Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (14,954.71)

SUBTOTAL 665,968.04

9.00% State Sales Tax 59,937.12
California Tire Fee 10.50
GRAND TOTAL 725,915.66
EXHIBIT 1

ACCEPTING THIS PROPOSAL

In the event Customer wishes to purchase the Product described in this Proposal and the attached specifications, then, prior to the expiration date listed on page 2 of this Proposal, Customer shall sign and return this Proposal. Thereafter, GSFA and Customer will endeavor to enter into a purchase agreement incorporating this Proposal and including additional terms (a “Purchase Agreement”). If Customer returns a signed copy of this Proposal alone, GSFA will send Customer its form of Purchase Agreement for Customer’s review and signature. If Customer desires to use its standard form of purchase order as the Purchase Agreement, then Customer should return a signed copy of this Proposal along with a copy of such purchase order. All purchase orders shall be made out to GSFA. GSFA will review such purchase order and contact the Customer regarding any required revisions. Only upon a full execution of a Purchase Agreement shall GSFA and Customer be obligated to purchase and sell the Product set forth in this Proposal.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The following Terms and Conditions are hereby made part of this Proposal:

1. Payment Terms (100% Pre-Payment at Time of Order) –
Customer shall pay the amount listed on page one of this Proposal, which includes: (i) the total price for the Product (the “Purchase Price”), (ii) the estimated state sales tax on the Product, and (iii) the California tire fee (together with the Purchase Price and estimated state sales tax, the “Grand Total”) within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date on which the Purchase Agreement is fully executed. The proposed delivery timeframe for the Product, which is outlined on page one of this Proposal, shall not begin until full payment of the Grand Total is received. In the event Customer does not pay GSFA the Grand Total in the timeframe set forth in this Section 1, GSFA may, in its sole discretion, cancel the Purchase Agreement entered into between the parties.

2. Multiple Unit Purchase – If the Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple units, the price stated on this Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Purchase Agreement.

3. Stock / Demo Units – If applicable, any stock/demo units, including those identified by this Proposal, are available for sale on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis. Regardless of this Proposal, the first Customer to enter into a Purchase Agreement identifying any such stock/demo unites shall obtain said units.

4. Order Changes – The Customer may request that GSFA
incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product by delivering a written change order to GSFA, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate the feasibility of such change (a “Change Order”). GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion) and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, and any effect on production
scheduling or Delivery resulting from such Change Order.

Customer shall have seven (7) days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer counter-signs GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Purchase Price prior to final delivery to Customer location.

5. Force Majeure – GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s and manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

6. Cancellation/Termination – In the event Customer and GSFA enter into a Purchase Agreement and Customer thereafter cancels or terminates the Purchase Agreement, GSFA will charge a cancellation fee as follows: (a) 10% of the Purchase Price after order is accepted and entered by GSFA; (b) 20% of the Purchase Price after completion of the pre-construction phase of the order process; and (c) 50% of the Purchase Price after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or the manufacturer of the Product. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA.

7. State Sales Tax – Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to the Product.

The taxes owed by Customer for the Product is subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect when the Product is delivered to the Customer. Therefore, the sales tax will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the applicable change in sales tax.

8. Proposal Expiration – After the Expiration Date shown on page one of this Proposal, Customer shall require GSFA’s written consent to accept this Proposal.

9. Governing Law – This Proposal is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California.

Thank you for providing Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. with the opportunity to provide this proposal. If you have any questions regarding the options presented or need additional options, please contact me.

Sincerely, I, _______________________________________________________________authorized representative of CITY OF STOCKTON
agrees to purchase the proposed Product(s) and
agree to the terms and conditions of this proposal and the specifications hereto attached.

Ryan Wright SIGNATURE: __________________________________________________________________________ Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc.

TITLE: _________________________________________________ DATE: ____________________ EXHIBIT 1

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
Bid #713

EXHIBIT 1
Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc is pleased to submit a proposal to Stockton Fire Department for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of NFPA 1901 standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to insure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least twenty five (25) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to insure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The 2/10/2022
Customer: Stockton FD Bid Number: 713
Representative Wright, Ryan Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: Stockton FD Emergency Purcha
Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Body: Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen
1713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet NFPA 1901 acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by Golden State Emergency Vehicle Service Inc by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within fifty (50) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operators manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy.

The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:
2713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.
0661794 Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US

0610784 Comply NFPA 1901 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2016, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2016 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2016, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper
3713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition of NFPA 1901. The certification will include: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit.

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0000000 STF GSFA, Final Insp, ATW Factory,
Premium Airport, 3 Days and 2 nights

FINAL INSPECTION FACTORY TRIP
A final inspection trip to the manufacturing facility will be provided for four (4) Customer representative(s). The intent of this trip is to ensure that the apparatus is built to specification and to detect any deficiencies that require correction. The final inspection trip will have a duration of three (3) days and two (2) nights and be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between Golden State Fire Apparatus (GSFA). and the Customer. Costs for airfare, lodging, meals and ground transportation while at the manufacturers location will be the responsibility of GSFA. Air travel will be from one of the following airports: Oakland, Redding, Eureka, Fresno or Reno.

Costs such as Customer ground transportation in California, Customer airport parking, Customer luggage fees and Customer incidentals while traveling to the factory will be the responsibility of the Customer. Flight reservations are non-refundable and in the event of a cancellation after booking, the Customer will be responsible for all costs associated with this cancellation, which may include not only the original ticket cost but also any change or cancellation fees imposed by the airline and/ or travel agency. Flight reservations are also non-transferable. 0799172 FLEET CUSTOMER

0766110 Consortium, Sourcewell

0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons

0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5% bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.
4713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0582800 Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond
PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter. 0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0649754 Enforcer Chassis

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0523786 Angle of Approach

ANGLE OF APPROACH
The angle of approach will be 10 degrees degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state.
0523787 Angle of Departure ANGLE OF DEPARTURE
The angle of departure will be 10 degrees degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state.
0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 191.50".
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 42,000 lbs.
0649713 Frame Rails, 10.25" x 3.50" x .375",
Saber FR/Enf
FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will be heat-treated steel measuring 10.25" x 3.50" x 0.375".

Each rail will have a section modulus of 16.00 cubic inches, yield strength of 120,000 psi, and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 1,921,069 inch-pounds. 0648354 Frame Liner, Internal "C", 9.38" x

3.13" x .25", Saber FR/Enf, 26" Qval

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
A full-length mainframe "C" liner will be provided.

The liner will be an internal "C" design, heat-treated steel measuring 9.38" x 3.13" x 0.25". Each reinforcement member will have a section modulus of 3.90 cubic inches, yield strength of 120,000 psi and resisting bending moment (rbm) of 938,762 in-lb. 0637708 Axle, Front, Meritor FL-941, 18,000
lb, Saber FR/Enforcer

FRONT AXLE
The front axle will be a reverse "I" beam type with inclined king pins. It will be a Meritor™ axle, Model FL-941, with a rated capacity of 18,000 lb.
5713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0637879 Suspension, Front, Standens, Taper
Leaf, 18,000 lb, Saber FR/Enforcer

FRONT SUSPENSION
The front springs will be a Standens, three (3)-leaf, taper leaf design, 54.00" long x 4.00" wide, with a ground rating of 18,000 lb.

The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin. The top leaf will also wrap the rear spring hanger pin. Both the front and rear eyes will be Berlin style wraps that will place the eyes in the horizontal plane within the main leaf. This will reduce bending stress from acceleration and braking.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0000321 Shock Absorbers on Front Axle,
Monroe Magnum 65, Saber/Enforcer

SHOCK ABSORBERS
To provide a smoother ride, the front axle will be furnished with heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers.
0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0771369 Tires, Front, Michelin, X WORKS Z,
315/80R22.50, LRL, Fire Service
Speed Rating

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Michelin 315/80R22.50 radials, load range L, X® WORKS™ Z, rated for 18,180 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed.
0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.
0530458 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS24-160, 24,000
lb, Saber/Enforcer

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-24-160, with a capacity of 24,000 lb. 0602744 Top Speed of Vehicle, Non-NFPA
2016 Compliant

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition requires limits on the top speed of vehicles. NFPA 4.15.2 requires that the maximum top speed of fire apparatus with a GVWR over 26,000 lb will not exceed either 68 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. NFPA 4.15.3 requires that if the combined water tank and foam agent tank on the fire apparatus exceed 1250 gallons or the GVWR of the vehicle is over 50,000 lb, the maximum top speed of the apparatus will not exceed either 60 mph or the manufacturer's maximum fire service speed rating for the tires installed on the apparatus, whichever is lower. It is the intention of the standard to improve safety by limiting the speed of all apparatus to 68 mph, and tankers or heavy apparatus to 60 mph. By requesting an exception to this requirement, the purchasing authority is consciously choosing to operate their apparatus at speeds above the limits designated as safe speeds by the NFPA Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus.

The top speed of the apparatus as manufactured exceeds the NFPA requirements. Per fire department specification of a top speed that exceeds NFPA requirements, the apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1901 standards at time of contract execution.

A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach an approximate top speed of 70 MPH.
0555350 Suspen, Rear, Hendrickson FMX 242
EX, Air Ride, 24,000 lb

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Hendrickson FMX 242 EX, air ride with a ground rating of 24,000 lb.

The suspension will have the following features:
- Heavy-duty shock absorbers to protect air springs from overextension - Heavy-duty torque rods and bushings
- Premium, heavy-duty rubber bushings require no lubrication - Integrated stabilizer design results in greater stability - Low spring rate air springs for excellent ride quality - Dual height control valves to maintain level vehicle from side to side 0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0539392 Plug, Rear Axle Drain, Magnetic

REAR AXLE DRAIN PLUG
The rear axle drain plug will be magnetic.
0031836 Tires, Rear, Michelin, XZE*,
12R22.50, 16 ply, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Michelin 12R22.50 radials, 16 ply "all position" XZE* tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed.
0019625 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle.
6713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High
Hat (Pair)

REAR HUB COVERS
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. 0052332 Covers, Lug Nut, Stainless Steel

LUG NUT COVERS
Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts. 0002046 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, No Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. The mud flaps will be black. 0646362 Chocks, Wheel, Worden HWGY- SB,
Super Gripper

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of Worden Safety Products, Model HWGY-SB, wheel chocks provided.

Heavy Duty, large molded aluminum wheel chock with solid bottom, yellow powder coat finish. 0544690 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, Provided
by Fire Department

WHEEL CHOCK BRACKETS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The wheel chock brackets are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and install the wheel chock brackets.
0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single
rear axle

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Meritor WABCO 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a 4-channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system.

Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control. 0508676 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, 17", Disc
Plus, Front
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type by Meritor™.

Front brakes will be Model EX225 Disc Plus, disc type with automatic pad wear adjustment and

17.00" ventilated rotors for improved stopping distance. 0509206 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Single Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor™, Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0020784 Air Compressor, Brake,
Cummins/Wabco 18.7 CFM

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output. 7713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0644232 Brake Reservoirs, 4,272 Cubic Inch
Minimum Capacity, Saber
FR/Enforcer

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system minimum capacity of 4,272 cubic inches Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.
0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat. 0020851 Not Required, Air Inlet

0014130 Air Tank, Additional for Extra Air Horn
Capacity

ADDITIONAL AIR TANK FOR AIR HORN
An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use.

The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine rpm. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options.
0630460 Moisture Ejector, Manual, Remote
Mounted, Enforcer/Saber FR

MANUAL MOISTURE EJECTOR(S)
Manual moisture ejectors for a single axle pumper reservoir capacity will be installed in the brake system.

The moisture ejector(s) will be remote mounted on the left side of vehicle, as close to the edge of vehicle as possible.

A loop will be provided at the moisture ejector, to allow for ease of pulling the drain.

Each moisture ejector will have a label directly under the ejector, stating air tank drain.

Nylon tubing, 0.38" diameter, will be routed from the air tank to the moisture ejector. The nylon tubing will be covered with protective split loom.

The moisture ejector(s) will be provided on the under the LS3 compartment (one for "wet tank", one for "primary tank" and one for "auxiliary tank") reservoir(s). 8713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0736437 Engine, Cummins L9, 450 hp, 1250
lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2021, Saber
FR/Enforcer
ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Cummins
Model:

L9
Power:
450 hp at 2100 rpm
Torque:
1250 lb-ft at 1400 rpm
Governed Speed:
2200 rpm
Emissions Level:

EPA 2021
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:
543 cubic inches (8.9L)
Starter:

Delco 39MT™
Fuel Filters:

Spin-on style primary filter with water separator and water-in-fuel sensor. Secondary spin-on style filter.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression
Brake, Cummins Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required. 0644227 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position. 0644573 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Saber FR/Enforcer

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0794761 Exhaust System, 4", 2017 L9 Engine,
Horizontal, Right Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device, and will be 4.00" in diameter. The exhaust system will include a single module aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipes between the turbo and aftertreatment device to minimize the heat loss to the aftertreatment device . The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels. A tailpipe diffuser will be provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.
9713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0788765 Radiator, Saber FR/Enforcer

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0001090 Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0021126 Fuel Tank, 50 Gallon, Left Side Fill

FUEL TANK
A 50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only".

A .50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0723696 DEF Tank, 8.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Rear
of Rear Axle, Triple Door

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
An 8.0 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body rearward of the rear axle.

A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be provided and marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only". The fill inlet will be located adjacent to the engine fuel inlet behind a triple, brushed stainless steel door on the left side of the vehicle. The fuel door will be held closed by flush lift and turn latch.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0723716 Fuel Priming Pump, Electronic,
Automatic, Cummins, No Swt Req'd

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine. 0552607 Shutoff Valves (2), Fuel Line @ Filter

FUEL SHUTOFF
A shutoff valve will be installed in the fuel line, on both sides of the fuel filter. 0553019 Cooler, Engine Fuel, Imp/Vel,
AXT/Qtm/Sab/DCF/SFR/Enf

FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0645743 Fuel/Water Separator, Racor
690R1210, 10 Micron, Heater, IATS,
ISL9

FUEL/WATER SEPARATOR
In addition to the standard fuel filters, a Racor 690R1210, 10 micron fuel/water separator with heater will be provided.
10713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0642572 Trans, Allison 5th Gen, 3000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/DCF/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 5th generation, Model EVS 3000P, electronic torque converting automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on both sides of converter housing (positions 4 o'clock and 8 o'clock) as viewed from the rear.

A transmission temperature gauge with red light and audible alarm will be installed on the cab dash.
0625329 Transmission, Shifter, 5-Spd, Push
Button, 3000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A five (5)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1st

3.49 to 1.00
2nd

1.86 to 1.00
3rd

1.41 to 1.00
4th

1.00 to 1.00
5th

0.75 to 1.00
R

5.03 to 1.00
0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0559012 Program, Transmission, Shift To
Neutral, With Prk Brk

TRANSMISSION PROGRAM
The transmission will shift to neutral when parking brake is set. 0027843 Fluid, 3000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-295 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-295 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001370 Driveline, Spicer 1710 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1710 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0635294 Steering, Single Gear, TRW TAS-85,
w/tilt, Pump w/ Cooler, Saber
FR/Enforcer

STEERING
Steering gear will be provided with integral heavy-duty power steering. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Vickers® V20NF hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0605356 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls, Saber FR/Enforcer

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4- spoke design.
0550144 Logo/Emblem, on Horn Button

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON HORN BUTTON
The steering wheel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be: Stockton
The second row of text will be: Fire
The third row of text will be: Department
11713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0630342 Bumper, 16" Extended, Steel
Painted, Saber FR/Enforcer

BUMPER
A one (1) piece bumper manufactured from 0.25" formed steel with a 0.38" bend radius will be provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange, and will extend 16.00" from the face of the cab. The bumper will be 95.28" wide with 45 degree corners and side plates. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color.

To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration.
0789445 SP Tray, Hose, Center, 16" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns, 29"W x 9" Frt to
Bk x 13"D

HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

Tray dimensions will be 29.00" wide x 9.00" front to back x 13.00" deep.

Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0633479 Hose Restraint, Bumper Tray, Velcro
Straps, Pair
Center Hose Tray Restraint
There will be one (1) pair of hose tray restraint straps located over the center mounted tray.

The restraints will be a pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with Velcro® fasteners provided. The strap(s) will be used to secure the hose in the tray.
0614646 No Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel,
AXT, SFR/Enf
0002270 Tow Hooks, Chrome

TOW HOOKS
Two (2) chromed steel tow hooks will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow hooks will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow hooks will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.
0645453 Travel Stop, Front Outlet Swivel,
Location

SWIVEL STOP
Installed on the front bumper extension will be a stainless steel rod to limit the travel of the front outlet swivel. The travel stop will be installed to keep it from hitting the left side front discharge.

One (1) stainless steel rod will be threaded into the bumper deck. 0660435 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper,
Outside Exterior, Rhino Lining, Black

RHINO COATING - FRONT BUMPER
Protective black Rhino Linings® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange.

The lining will be properly installed by an authorized Rhino Linings® dealer. 12713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0625650 Cab, Enforcer, 7000

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from 0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a 0.090" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.22"), and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.375" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular

0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 99.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 54.50" in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure 51.50" to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab. 0647919 Engine Tunnel, ISL, Saber
FR/Enforcer

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine hood side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of

0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine hood will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current NFPA 1901 standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than 17.00" off the crew cab floor. 0633594 Rear Wall, Interior, Adjustable
Seating

INTERIOR CREW CAB REAR WALL ADJUSTABLE SEATING (PATENT PENDING) The interior rear wall of the crew cab will have mounting holes every 2.75" to allow for adjustability of the forward facing crew cab seating along the rear wall. Seats will be adjustable with use of simple hand tools allowing departments flexibility of their seating arrangement should their department needs change.
0632103 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with brushed stainless steel except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 13713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0639727 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override,
Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location.

The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0695930 Grille, Bright Finished, Front of Cab,
Dash CF/Enforcer
GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.
0513581 Scuffplate, S/S, Behind Cab Door
Handrails

SCUFFPLATES
A brushed stainless steel scuffplate will be provided behind the handrails for all cab and crew cab door entrances.
0647932 Not Required, Trim, S/S Band,
Across Cab Face, AXT/Dash
CF/Saber/Enforcer
0087357 Molding, Chrome on Side of Cab

SIDE OF CAB MOLDING
Chrome molding will be provided on both sides of cab.
0693307 Mirrors, Ramco, 1350-PCHR,
Heated/Remote, Heated/Remote
Bottom Convex, Door Mnt

MIRRORS
One (1) Ramco, Model CRM-310-1350-PCHR, polished chrome mirror will be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be full faced, flat, with an integrated bottom mount convex section. The mirror head will have a highly polished chrome finish.

The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

The convex section in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.
0648171 Door, Half-Height, Saber FR/Enforcer
4-Door Cab, Level Roof
DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of

37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of 34.30" wide x 63.37" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.
14713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0655543 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Saber/Enforcer 4-Door Cab

Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. 0528958 Not Required, Controls, Electric
Window, AXT, Quantum, Saber,
Enforcer, Dash CF

MANUAL CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All cab entry doors will contain a conventional roll down window. 0638310 Steps, 4-Door Cab, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate. 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the left access steps.

Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps.

Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps.

One (1) light for the right side access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened. 0002141 Fenders, s/s on cab - Saber/Enforcer

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0630508 Window, Side of C/C, Fixed,
Passenger Side Only, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CREW CAB WINDOW
One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on the passenger side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The window will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior and will measure 18.70" wide x 23.75" high. There will be no window provided on the driver side of the cab.
0022260 Roof, Aluminum Treadplate

CAB ROOF COVERING
Horizontal cab roof surfaces will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate. The fastening screws and the perimeter between the roof and the bottom of the aluminum treadplate, no more than 1.00" in from the edge of the aluminum treadplate, will be properly caulked to prevent water from leaking under aluminum. Front and side warning lights will not be mounted on top of treadplate. The treadplate will extend and terminate next to the warning lights. 0894089 Dash, Heavy Duty Metal, Enforcer

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console shall be constructed of aluminum and painted fire smoke gray.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.
0664452 Bracket, Air Bottle, Zico, ULLH, Load
& Lock

AIR BOTTLE HOLDER(S)
There will be one (1) Ziamatic, Model ULLH, SCBA holder(s) with a LLS, collision restraint holding strap, provided in the crew cab. The bracket will be a one (1) size fits all style and will accommodate SCBA cylinders from the high pressure 30-minute to the high pressure 60-minute.

The bracket(s) will be located mounted to option #664484. 0664484 Bracket, 45 Degrees, To Mount Air
Bottle Bracket, Wall Mounted, Crew
Cab

BRACKET TO MOUNT SCBA HOLDER
There will be one (1) bracket(s) provided for mounting air bottle brackets. Each bracket will be mounted on a 45 degree angle mounting plate located in the crew cab. Each mounting bracket will be designed to hold one (1) Ziamatic SCBA holder.

The bracket(s) will be mounted vertical surface of the driver's side rear cab wall TBD at pre- construction.
15713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0750824 Cab Interior, Vinyl Headliner, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CARE

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with dark silver gray 36 ounce leather grain vinyl resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl. 0753903 Cab Interior, Paint Color, Saber
FR/Enforcer

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint. 0012101 Floor, Aluminum Treadplate, Cab &
Crew Cab, Saber/Enforcer, CARE

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab flooring will be constructed with bright aluminum treadplate. 0722696 HVAC, Enforcer, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each outboard rear facing seat risers with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure used to transfer heat to the forward positions.

Air Conditioning
A condenser will be a 59,644 BTU output that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be mounted on the radiator. Mounting the condenser below the cab or body would reduce the performance of the system and will not be acceptable.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the rear plenum cover per the following:

Minimum of five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located within panel position #12.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.
16713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0639675 Sun Visor, Smoked Lexan, AXT,
Imp/Vel, Saber FR/Enforcer

SUN VISORS
Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be no retention bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position. 0622887 Grab Handles, Driver Door Post,
Officer Door Post Low, Saber
FR/Enforcer

GRAB HANDLE
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The officer's side grab handle will be mounted on the lower portion of the door post. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0793781 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto
Sw, TecNiq E18-LC00-1 LED

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, part number E18-LC00-1, 800 lumens 2.50" high x 4.50" long 12 volt DC, light(s) with white LEDs installed under the cab to be used as engine compartment illumination.

These light(s) will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the cab is raised. 0631830 Fluid Check Access, Saber
FR/Enforcer, Arrow XT

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush latch will be provided on the access door.
0599959 Straps, Velcro, Map Box, Custom
Chassis

VELCRO STRAP(S) FOR MAP BOX
There will be one (1) Velcro® strap(s) installed at final inspection. 0776971 SP Box, Storage, Open Top/Open Front,
4 Bins, 2 Cup Holders, Storage Bins

STORAGE BINS WITH CUP HOLDERS
The storage bins will be installed TBD. An open top storage bin will be provided. On the front, at each end, there will be a 4.00" diameter x 4.00" high cup holder. Between the cup holders will be a bin 4.50" wide x 2.00" deep x 2.75" long. Behind the cup holders will be a bin that is 12.50" wide x 9.75" long x 2.00" deep. The areas around the cup holders will be sealed so items cannot fall into the open space.

Forward the open top bin will be an area for hand held radio storage. The bin will be 7.50" wide x

5.00" deep x 2.75" long. This bin will be divided into four (4) equal sections and each divider will be the full depth of the bin.

An open front bin will be provided in front of the radio storage bin. This bin will be 7.50" wide x

5.00" high x 4.00" long.

The bin will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior. 0583039 Not Required, Side Roll and Frontal
Impact Protection
0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Seats

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity in the cab will be four (4).
0795902 Seat, Driver, USSC, Valor, P1A, Air
Ride, R-Back, Saber FR/Enforcer

DRIVER SEAT
A USSC Valor air suspension R-back seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 15 degrees back to 45 degrees forward.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

There will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers shipped loose with the seat. 0795051 Seat, Officer, USSC, Valor, P1A, Air
Ride, SCBA, Saber FR/Enforcer

OFFICER SEAT
A USSC, P1A, SCBA air suspension seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with a 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 0.75" increments to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

Shipped loose with the seat will be no additional contaminant mitigation vinyl covers. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
17713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0771202 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23 W x 39
H x 26.75 D, Lap, SFR/Enf

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position.

The cabinet will be 23.00" wide x 39.00" high x 26.75" deep with one (1) lap door hinged on the outbard side, panted to match the cab interior with two (2) non-locking lever latches. The interior clear door opening of the cabinet will be 20.50" wide x 36.50" high.

The cabinet will include two (2) infinitely adjustable shelves with a 1.25" up-turned lippainted to match the cab interior.

The cabinet will include louvers provided on the right side of the cabinet for ventilation, louvers provided on the door of the cabinet for ventilation and louvers provided on the back side of the cabinet for ventilation.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white Amdor LED strip light installed on the left side of the interior cabinet door opening. The lights will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0795803 SP Seat, Rear Facing C/C, PS Outboard,
USSC, Valor, SCBA, 17" Bottom,
Saber FR/Enf

REAR FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) rear facing, USSC Valor, SCBA seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA back style with 5 degree fixed recline angle. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0108189 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, DS Outboard
0740984 SP Seat, Forward Facing C/C, Center,
(1) USSC, Valor, SCBA, 95 D, 17"
Btm, SFR/Enf

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, USSC Valor seat provided at the center position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with a 17.00" deep foam cushion.

The seat back will be an SCBA style with 95 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 0.75" increments, to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. 0108190 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, PS Outboard
0625186 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All
VALORTechXD (Cordura), USSC

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be gray, sewn with red stitching, VALORTechXD anti-microbial material. 0065740 Bracket, Air Bottle, Zico, ULLH, Load
& Lock, In Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a Ziamatic, Model ULLH, SCBA holder bracket. This bracket will be compliant with the current NFPA 1901 standards and will include a back plate, two (2) seats, a footplate and the Model LLS (Load & Lock) strap to hold the bottle in the bracket. The bracket seats will be a "one size fits all" style seat and will accommodate SCBA cylinders from the high pressure 30-minute to the high pressure 60-minute. Seats will be adjustable up and down by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting in the desired position. 0603866 Seat Belt, Dual Retractor,
ReadyReach, Saber FR/Enforcer

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of NFPA 1901 and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled. 0602464 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA 2016

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 14.1.7.4.1 requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
18713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0600601 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts,
Non-MUX

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each white LED dome light will provide a minimum of

10.1 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 20.00" x 20.00" square seating position when mounted

40.00" above the seat.
0555812 Handlts, (2) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan,
44451 C4 LED, Tail lights, 12v,
Orange

HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be two (2) 12v Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, Model #44451, lights mounted on the back of the engine tunnel TBD at preconstruction.

Each light housing will be orange in color and be provided with a C4 LED and two (2) "ultra bright blue tail light LEDs" The tail light LEDs will have a dual mode of blinking or steady.

Vehicle mount with 12VDC direct wire charging rack.

Quick release buckle strap will be included.
0644187 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges,
Black Bezels, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will include gauges, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (volts):

Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Amber telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm High volts (15.5 VDC)
Amber telltale light on indicator light display with steady tone alarm Engine Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):

Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):

Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):

High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms Red indicator light in gauge dial with steady tone alarm Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):

Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator light in gauge dial
Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission)
Air rest (air restriction)
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) Regen inhibit (engine emissions regeneration inhibit) (where applicable) Side roll fault (where applicable)
Front air bag fault (where applicable)
Aux brake overheat (auxiliary brake overheat) (where applicable) The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Ladder rack down
Parking brake
Stop engine
The following green telltale lamps will be present:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
19713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
Ignition
Aux brake (auxiliary brake engaged) (where applicable)
The following blue telltale lamps will be present:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning condition is active.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out for 3 to 5 seconds when the ignition switch is moved to the on position with the battery switch on.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity. Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition.

The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists. Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defrost, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A maintained rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console. All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be provided and accessible while standing on the ground.

The panel will be located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column.

The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

ENGINE/TRANSMISSION/ABS J1939 Diagnostic Port
ABS Diagnostic Switch and Indicator - The switch and amber indicator will allow access to diagnostic mode and display of standard ABS system fault blink codes that may be generated by the ABS system
DPF REGEN (Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration Switch) (where applicable) will be provided to request regeneration of the engine emission system. An amber indicator will be provided on top of the switch that will illuminate in a "CHECK ENGINE" condition
REGEN INHIBIT (Diesel Particulate Filter Regeneration Inhibit Switch) (where applicable) will be provided that will request that regeneration be temporarily prevented. A green indicator will be provided on top of the Regen Inhibit switch that will illuminate when the Regen Inhibit feature is active. Regen Inhibit will be disabled upon cycling of the ignition switch to the off state.
0002544 Air Restriction Indicator - Pierce
Chassis

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light (electronic) will be provided. 20713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0673123 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
3SR00FRR LED
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A Whelen Model 3SR00FRR flashing red LED indicator light with a Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC chrome surface mount flange located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On".

The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released.
0637359 Not Required, Door Open Indicator
w/Do Not Move Truck Light,
Enf/Saber FR
0632738 Switching, Cab Instrument Lower
Console & Overhead, Rocker,
Enforcer

SWITCH PANELS
The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Switches will be rocker type with an indicator light, of which is an integral part of the switch. 0644179 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls.
0560535 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 4th

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate compartment RS1 TBD.

Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0547505 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate on the forward facing crew cab seat base TBD at preconstruction (for STF Streamlight SL-20 flashlights).

Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0548006 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 15 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate on the dash between the driver and officer TBD at preconstruction.

Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0548013 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate compartment RS1 TBD at pre-construction.

Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 21713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0797189 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be on the dash between the driver and officer TBD at preconstruction.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1045 dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0787001 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be in the crew cab cabinet TBD at pre-construction.

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems part number 1045 dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0897539 SP Wiring, Spare, 37.5 A 12V DC, Cust
Install Radio, 30A Isolated, 7.5A Ign
& Grnd

CUSTOMER SUPPLIED RADIO WIRING
There will be one (1) 12 volt combination wiring leads of which each will include one (1) isolated battery, one (1) ignition and one (1) negative ground for use with customer provided and installed radio equipment.

Each lead will be routed to TBD with an 18.00" long pigtail. The leads will be clearly marked in a coil and terminate with butt splices.

A breaker rated for 30 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the isolated battery lead with 10 gauge wire.

A breaker rated for 7.5 amps will be provided for circuit protection of the ignition lead.

A 10 gauge negative ground will be provided.

The wires will be colored coded as follows:

White for isolated battery
Yellow for ignition
Black for negative ground
0655679 Remote Control, Wired,
Programmable 3 Button

PROGRAMMABLE REMOTE CONTROL
There will be a wired remote control integrated into the switch panel TBD. The remote will have three (3) individually programmable buttons for most garage door openers, and gate operators as well as the capability of controlling many lighting and security systems. 0763646 Vehicle Information Center, LCD On
Gauge Cluster Only, Sab/Enf

INFORMATION CENTER
There will be a LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel provided that will display the following information:

Total distance
Trip distance
Total hours
Trip hours
PTO "A" hours
PTO "B" hours
0734857 Collision Mitigation, HAAS Alert
(R2V), HA5

COLLISION MITIGATION
There will be a HAAS Alert®, Model HA5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system provided on the apparatus. The HA5 cellular transponder module will be installed behind the cab windshield, as high and near to the center as practical, to allow clear visibility to the sky. The module dimensions are 5.40" long x 2.70" wide x 1.30" high, and operating temperature range is -40 degree C to 85 degree C.

The transponder will be connected to the vehicle's emergency master circuit and battery direct power and ground.

While responding with emergency lights on, the HA5 transponder sends alert messages via cellular network to motorists in the vicinity of the responding truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

While on scene with emergency lights on, the HA5 transponder sends road hazard alerts to motorists in the vicinity of the truck that are equipped with the WAZE app.

The HA5 Responder-to-Vehicle (R2V) collision avoidance system will include the transponder and a 5 year cellular plan subscription.

Activation of the HAAS Alert system requires a representative of the customer to accept the End User License Agreement (EULA) via an on-line portal.
22713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0610240 Vehicle Data Recorder w/Seat Belt
Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Time - 24 Hour Time
Date - Year/Month/Day
Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0890272 SP Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-
Radio, (D,O,RPTT), 2C, U3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
There will be a four (4) position David Clark, Model U3800, intercom system with single radio interface capability at the driver and officer positions and remote radio push to talk buttons located TBD. Two (2) crew cab at one (1) rear facing seat and one (1) foward facing seat seats will have intercom only capability.

The following components will be provided:

One (1) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Module
Two (2) U3815 Radio interface modules (Driver, Officer) Two (2) Remote Push To Talk Button Kits
One (1) U3800 Master station (1 Crew)
One (1) U3801 Remote headset intercom station (1 Crew)
One (1) C3820 Power cord
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058 David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to TBD .
0696438 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Radio Box

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be two (2) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed 18" behind the lightbar on the right side on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to the radio box. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 0772482 SP Antenna, Panorama Kit, GPSD,
IBR1100LPE-VZ, Motorola APX8500

COMBO ANTENNA
There will be one (1) Panorama, bolt on, low profile antenna(s) for a Cradlepoint router and Motorola APX 8500 two-way all band radio installed on the cab roof.

The 5 meter 16.00' cables will be routed within the cab to inside the upper portion of the rear facing cabinet behind the driver's seat.

The following will be provided for each:

One (1) PRM-TSH-CRM-001, all band antenna with GPSD+/C29/C32/C74/CABLES KIT One (1) Tri-band Whip
One (1) GPS Cable Six Meters
0653533 Camera, Pierce, 7" LCD, Rear
Camera Only

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera image will be displayed on a 7.00" LCD display located centered between the sunvisors on a panavise mount. The display will include manual camera activation capability and audio from the active camera.

The following components will be included:

One (1) MO700136DC, display
One (1) SV-CW134639CAI, camera
All necessary cables
23713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0624241 Electrical Power/Signal Protection &
Control, Enforcer

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
A compartment will be provided in or under the cab to house the vehicle's electrical power and signal circuit protection and control components. The power and signal protection and control compartment will contain circuit protection devices and power control devices. Power and signal protection and control components will be protected against corrosion, excessive heat, excessive vibration, physical damage and water spray.

Serviceable components will be readily accessible.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standard, will be utilized to protect each circuit.

All circuit protection devices will be sized to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting) and conform to SAE J553 or J258. When required, automotive type fuses conforming to SAE J554, J1284, J1888 or J2077 will be utilized to protect electronic equipment.

Power control relays and solenoids will have a direct current (dc) rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected.

Visual status indicators will be supplied to identify control safety interlocks and vehicle status. In addition to visual status indicators, audible alarms designed to provide early warning of problems before they become critical will be used.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitor system will be provided to indicate the status of each battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The monitor system will provide visual and audio warning when the system voltage is above or below optimum levels.

Power and Ground Studs
Spare circuits will be provided in the primary distribution center for two-way radio equipment.

The spare circuits will consist of the following:

One (1) 12-volt DC, 30 amp battery direct spare
One (1) 12-volt DC ground and un-fused switched battery stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center
EMI/RFI Protection
The electrical system proposed will include means to control undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. State of the art electrical system design and components will be used to ensure radiated and conducted EMI (electromagnetic interference) and RFI (radio frequency interference) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus proposed will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations. The contractor will be able to demonstrate the EMI and RFI testing has been done on similar apparatus and certifies that the vehicle proposed meets SAE J551 requirements.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying immune circuit designs, shielding, twisted pair wiring and filtering. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low level control signals and high powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI- RFI susceptibility.
0624256 Electrical System, Enforcer Hard
Wired

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by Pierce Manufacturing will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also, a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will have this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon (1890) applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection.

Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 24713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0079196 Batteries, (4) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA
ea, (1) Iso Bat, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
Four (4) 12 volt, Exide, Model 31S950X3W, group 31 batteries that include the following features will be provided:
950 CCA, cold cranking amps
190 amp reserve capacity
High cycle
Rating of 3800 CCA at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
760 minutes of reserve capacity
Threaded stainless steel studs
Each battery case will be a black polypropylene material with a vertically ribbed container for increased vibration resistance. The cover will be manifold vented with a central venting location to allow a 45 degree tilt capacity.

The inside of each battery will consist of a "maintenance free" grid construction with poly wrapped separators and a flooded epoxy bottom anchoring for maximum vibration resistance.

ISOLATED BATTERY
One (1) 12 volt, Exide, Model 31S950X3W, battery will be provided for voltage sensitive components. A battery isolator appropriately suited for the battery capacity will be supplied. 0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0002698 Battery Compartment,
Saber/Enforcer

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab.

Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.
0756292 Charger, Sngl Sys, Kussmaul, 1200
PLC, 091-187-12-Remote, Ind Fet
40Amp

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™ 1200 PLC, product code 091-187-12-Remote (Gen 2), 40 amp battery charger provided with bar graph indicator.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a receptacle adjacent to the battery charger.
0688318 Location, Charger, Cab Behind Driver
Seat, On the EMS Compt Vertical
Wall
Battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat, on the vertical wall of the EMS compartment.
0536099 Location, Bat Chrg Ind, Driver's Step
Area
The battery charger indicator will be located in the driver's step area. 0016848 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Kussmaul Auto
Eject 091-20WP-120

KUSSMAUL AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be one (1) Kussmaul Model 091-20WP-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to battery charger.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location

The shoreline receptacle will be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. 0121711 Alternator, 320 amp, Leece-Neville
4962PA, Sgl Sys

ALTERNATOR
A Leece-Neville, Model 4962PA, alternator will be provided. It will have a rated output current of 320 amps, as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral, self diagnostic regulator and rectifier. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output. 25713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0644176 Load Manager, Integrated In
Electrical System, Saber FR/Enforcer

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGEMENT
An electronic load management (ELM) system that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, and automatically reduces the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition and by doing so, ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

The ELM will monitor the vehicle's voltage while at the scene (parking brake applied). It will sequentially shut down individual electrical loads when the system voltage drops below a preset value. Two (2) separate electrical loads will be controlled by the load manager. The ELM will sequentially re-energize electrical loads as the system voltage recovers. 0780484 Headlights, Rect LED, HiViz FT-4X6-
4KIT, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be a HiViz part number FT-4X6-4KIT, that includes four (4) 4.00" high x 6.00" long rectangular LED lights with parking lamp illumination around the outside of the lamps mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT-4X6-HL with low beam LEDs the inside lamp on each side will contain a part number FT-4X6-H with high beam LEDs the lights will be controlled through the headlight switch 0648418 Light, Directional, Wln M6T LED,
Common Bezel, Above Headlights,
Sab/Enf

FRONT DIRECTIONALS
The front directional's will be Whelen, Model M6T, amber LED arrow lights. The directional's will be housed in the same chrome common bezel as the front warning light and will be located above the headlights.
0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.
0647802 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be five (5) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations:

Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield.
0647899 Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front
Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED,
Sab/Enf

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED lights installed front of the cab door, one (1) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.
0088869 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 26250R LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 26250R, LED lights used as identification lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 26250R, LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 26250R, LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
26713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0564683 Lights, Tail, Wln M6BTT* Red LED
Stop/Tail & M6T* Amber LED Dir Arw
For Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional LED lighting will consist of the following:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model M6BTT, red LED stop/tail lights
Two (2) Whelen, Model M6T, amber LED arrow turn lights
The lights will be provided with clear lenses.

The lights will be mounted in a polished combination housing. 0561471 Lights, Backup, Wln M6BUW, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M6BUW, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0664481 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
There will be one (1) license plate bracket mounted on the rear of the body.

A white LED light will illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear. 0556842 Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" lights with white LEDs and 45 degree stainless steel brackets provided per the following:
one (1) under the driver's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side cab access step
one (1) under the passenger's side crew cab access step one (1) under the driver's side crew cab access step
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, when the respective door is open and by the same control selected for the body perimeter lights. 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" white 12 volt DC LED weatherproof strip lights provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-
LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model T10-LC00-1, 15.00" 12 volt DC LED strip lights provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when the parking brake is applied. 0566799 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Ign, Prk
Brk Activated

STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (4) white LED, step lights provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

These step lights will be actuated when the ignition switch is on and the parking brake is set.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of NFPA 1901. 0618301 Light, Visor, FRC, 12V SPA851-Q15-
*, LED 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Fire Research, Model SPA851-Q15-*, 12 volt LED floodlight(s) provided on the front visor, centered.

The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be black with a black bezel.

The light(s) will be controlled in the following way:
a switch at the driver's side switch panel
a switch at the pump operator's panel
no additional switch location
These lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 27713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0772035 Lights, FRC, SPA***-Q15, 15,000
Lum, 12 VDC, 2nd

12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Fire Research Model SPA***-Q15, 15,000 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs installed on the apparatus located on the cab, right side rear of cab positioned so the light head faces out and is just above the cab roof.

The light(s) will be installed on vertical surface mount push-up pole(s) and to be connected to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black with a black bezel.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0772040 Lights, FRC, SPA***-Q15, 15,000
Lum, 12 VDC, 1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Fire Research Model SPA***-Q15, 15,000 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs installed on the apparatus located on the cab, left side rear of cab positioned so the light head faces out and is just above the cab roof.

The light(s) will be installed on vertical surface mount push-up pole(s) and to be connected to the Do Not Move Truck Indicator circuit.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black with a black bezel.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532358 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting

0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED
4lts

LIGHTS BELOW HOSE BED COVER
There will be four (4) Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW040, 700 lumens, 40.00" white LED lights provided to illuminate the hose bed area.

Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the driver's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the passenger's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and when the hosebed cover is raised. 0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
12 Volt Lights At Rear Body
0787447 Lights, Walk Surf, Dual LED Light
Strips, Cargo Area, Bdy Stp Lt

WALKING SURFACE LIGHTS
There will be white 12 volt DC LED light strips with stainless steel protective cover, provided to light the cargo area.

One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the driver's side of the cargo area.

One (1) light strip will be installed the entire length of the passenger's side of the cargo area.

The light will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0060115 Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd
Gen
0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20"

28713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0764469 SP Tank, Water, 720 Gallon, Poly, Med,
New York Style

WATER TANK
Booster tank will have a capacity of 720 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

The tank will be forward of the hosebed, to achieve a very low hosebed area to the rear of the water tank.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with NFPA Bulletin 1901 requirements.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of .50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a .25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104 Foam Cell Required
0023412 Drain, Tank - 1.50" TANK DRAIN
A 1.50" tank drain will be installed with a 1.50" ball valve located underneath the left front compartment and properly labeled.
0662467 Modified Poly Tank, Raised Tee, One
Side
0084432 Modified Poly Tank, Ext'd Over Rear
Compt
The water tank will be extended to the rear of the truck, over the rear compartment. 0553725 Restraint, Water Tank, Heavy Duty,
Special Type Tank, 4x4, or Export

WATER TANK RESTRAINT
A heavy-duty water tank restraint will be provided.
0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve

0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
29713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0556223 Hose Bed, Aluminum, Pumper, New
York Style, Fill In Blank Height

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of 0.125"-5052 aluminum with a nominal 38,000 psi tensile strength.

The hose bed will be as low as practical.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity.

Any area of the outboard hose bed wall that extends past the end of the hose bed floor will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation.

A cross divider will be provided at the front of the hose bed before the tank transitions from the lower section to the upper section. The divider will run from the top of the side sheet down below the hose bed grating.

The hose bed floor will be MAXIMUM of 6'-6.00" (78.00") UNLOADED" from the ground when the truck is fully loaded.
0723549 Painted Hose Bed

The hose bed interior will be painted to match the lower body color. 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special

Hose bed will accommodate (DS to PS): 800' x 5.00" | 500' x 2.50" | 500' x 2.50". Hosebed dimensions are to be 68.00" wide x 109.00" deep to cross divider x 22.00" high (hosebed floor to top of side sheet). LAYOUT HOSEBED TO DIMENSIONS STATED, NOT TO HOSE CAPACITY!. 0680455 Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Unpainted,
(6) Bolts

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Two (2) adjustable hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose.

Each divider will be constructed of a .25" brushed aluminum sheet.

Partition will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening six (6) bolts in (3) locations. Two (2) bolts at the front of the divider, two (2) bolts at the back of the divider and two (2) bolts in the middle of the divider.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads.

Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance, or constructed of brushed aluminum. 0010133 Cross-Divider, Hose Bed

A cross-divider will be provided just behind the fill tower. The divider will be bolted to the side sheet.
0729492 Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate,
Bolted T-Bar, Electric Actuated

HOSE BED COVER ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate will be furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down with the center of the cover supported by a modular stationary bridgework support.

The covers will not over lap.

The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

A pneumatic gas spring assist will be installed at the front of the covers to help support and stabilize the cover throughout its range of motion.

If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors.

Chrome grab handles and two (2) (one (1) each side) electric linear actuator with brake cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A rubber-covered momentary toggle switch will be provided for each actuator that controls the opening and closing of the covers. Each switch will be located at the rear body of the body at the left side. Additional locks on top of the cover are not required to secure the cover in the nested position.

A cross divider will be provided directly behind the actuators, at the front of the hose bed, to support the actuators and provide a clean appearance.

A handrail will be provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in climbing up the back of the truck.

The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0587696 Hose Restraint, Hose Bed,One Piece
Vinyl Flap,Strap Fastener,Hose Bed
Frame,Rear

HOSEBED RESTRAINT REAR
There will be a red vinyl flap installed at the rear of the hosebed. The flap will be attached to the top hosebed frame with quarter turn fasteners. The flap will have straps that loop through footman loops at the bottom of the hosebed and fasten with spring clip and hook fasteners and chain.
0013512 Running Boards, 12.75" Deep

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of .125" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be 12.75" deep and spaced .50" away from the pump panel.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 30713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0678630 SP Tailboard, T-Shaped, 20" & 4" (Non-
Step) Deep, Ang Corners

TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be 20.00" deep in the center area and 4.00" deep to the rear of the side compartments. The tailboard will be T-shaped. The 4.00" extension to the rear of the side compartments will be angled up to prevent this area from being used as a stepping surface.

The outboard sides of the tailboard will be angled at 45 degrees beginning at the point where the body meets the tailboard at the forward outboard edge angling rearward to the rear edge of the tailboard.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0690037 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate. 0003531 Tow Bar, Under Tailboard

TOW BAR
A tow bar will be installed under the tailboard at center of truck.

Tow bar will be fabricated of 1.00" CRS bar rolled into a 3.00" radius.

Tow bar assembly will be constructed of .38" structural angle. When force is applied to the bar, it will be transmitted to the frame rail.

Tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

Tow bar design will have been fully tested and evaluated using strain gauge testing and finite element analysis techniques.
0590926 Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Velcro Straps

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with Velcro fasteners will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. There will be Two (2) hose trays located one (1) in each side running board.
0014123 Tray, Hose, Running Board, Special
Capacity, FITB

HOSE TRAY
Two (2) hose trays will be recessed one (1) in each side running board.

Capacity of the tray will be 46"L x 9"W x 8"D.

Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.
31713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0003561 Construction, Compt, Alum, Pumper COMPARTMENTATION Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125", 5052-H32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails which is the strongest component of the chassis and is designed for sustaining maximum loads.

The support system will include .375" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with .625" diameter bolts.

Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles will be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body.

A steel frame will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure which will result in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

Isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis has been fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, stress coating and strain gauging have been performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure.

Body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00" to simulate the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb.

Making a 90 degree turn, while driving at 20 mph to simulate aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph on rough pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 0083610 LS 152" Lap, Full Height Front &
Rear

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three lap door compartments.

A full height, vertically hinged, single door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.63" wide x 61.88" high.

A horizontally hinged, single lift-up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 59.25" wide x 27.00" high.

A full height, vertically hinged, double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x

12.00" deep. A section of this compartment will be 25.88" deep for the first 31.50" width x

26.00" height directly behind the rear wheels. The clear door opening will be a minimum of

43.50" wide x 62.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

The vertically hinged doors will be furnished with a positive door holder.

The lift-up door will be furnished with two gas-charged cylinders to assist in the opening of the door and to maintain the door in an open position. There will be a field adjustable, three-position bracket mounted on the vertical side door opening that will allow the door to be held open at 87°, 90°, or 93°.
32713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0063624 RS 152" Lap, Full Height Front &
Rear, FDLER

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of three lap door compartments.

A full height, vertically hinged, single door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 34.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 28.63" wide x 61.88" high.

A horizontally hinged, single lift-up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 59.25" wide x 27.00" high.

A full height, vertically hinged, double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x

25.88" deep in the lower 26.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 43.50" wide x 62.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

The vertically hinged doors will be furnished with a positive door holder.

The lift-up door will be furnished with two gas-charged cylinders to assist in the opening of the door and to maintain the door in an open position. There will be a field adjustable, three-position bracket mounted on the vertical side door opening that will allow the door to be held open at 87°, 90°, or 93°.
0063911 Doors, Lap w/ "D" Handles - Side
Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT DOORS
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and will be a minimum of 1.50" thick. The doors will be made out of the same material as the body. To provide additional door strength a "C" section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of .25" that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners. (Hinges which are welded on will not be acceptable.)
All door locking mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel "D" ring handles and FMVSS approved door locking mechanisms.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the "D" ring handle and the door.
0013671 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 30.75" FF,

25.88" D

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided.

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 33.63" high x 25.88" deep. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 33.25" wide x 23.88" high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0594003 Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear
Compartment

ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
The rear compartment will have a rollup door.

The door will be double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the upper portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors.

The door will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The door will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 1250 for all compartment doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon.

The door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights. 33713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0554986 Body Modification, 4" Reduced Depth
Rear Compt

BODY MODIFICATION FROM STANDARD
The following body modifications will be required for the installation of a single axle air ride suspension:
- Rear compartment will be 4.00" shorter in depth.
- Special water tank mounting required if applicable.
0010414 Keyed Locks for Latches, Lap Doors,
Key Style 1250

KEYED LOCK(S)
There will be six (6) compartment doors furnished with a keyed lock. The compartmentation to have a keyed lock will be LS1, LS2, LS3, RS1, RS2 and RS3. 0003919 Reverse Hinge Compartment Door REVERSE HINGED DOOR The one (1) compartment door, located LS3, will have the hinge at the rear of the door. 0659353 Lights, Compt, Amdor AY-9220 LED,
Dual Lt Strip

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be seven (7) compartments with Amdor, Model AY-9220, white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips. The lights will be mounted with mechanical fasteners.

There will be two (2) strip lights installed vertically in each compartment opening per the latest NFPA requirements.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the respective compartment door is opened.
0687135 Shelf Tracks, Unpainted

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be five (5) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS2, LS3, RS1 and RS3. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be unpainted with a natural finish. 0687112 Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
Full Width/Depth, Painted

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be nine (9) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be (1) LS1 upper, (1) LS2, (3) LS3 (2 upper, 1 lower), (2) RS1 upper and (2) RS3 upper .
0709690 Tray, 250 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, Predefined Locations

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be one (1) slide-out tray provided.

Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 250 lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray.

Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The location(s) will be in B1 centered between the floor and ceiling 0647045 Tray, Floor Mounted, Slide-Out, Full
Width/Full Depth, 500lb, 2.00" Sides,
2G

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) with 2.00" sides provided LS3. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of a minimum .13" aluminum. The finish will be painted spatter gray.

The trays will be designed for maximum compartment width and depth.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pull-out movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition.

Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand. 34713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0595085 Toolboard, Swing-out, Alum, .188",
Pac Trac

SWING OUT TOOLBOARD
A swing out aluminum toolboard will be provided.

It will be a minimum of .188" thick aluminum.

Pac Trac tool mount material will be provided on both sides of the toolboard.

A 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame will be welded to the edge of the pegboard.

The board will be mounted on a pivoting device at the front of the compartment on the top and bottom to allow easy movement in and out of the compartment. The maximum tool load will be 400 pounds.

The board will have positive lock in the stowed and extended position.

The board will be mounted on adjustable tracks from front to back within the compartment.

There will be One (1) toolboard(s) provided and installed RS2. 0726441 Partition, Trans Rear Compt

PARTITION, TRANSVERSE REAR COMPARTMENT
Two (2) partitions will be bolted in place to separate the left and right side rear compartments from the rear tailboard compartment. The partition will be body material painted spatter gray. 0003934 Dust Filter, Compt Louvers

COMPARTMENT DUST FILTERS
A total of five (5) body compartment louvers will have a removable dust filter installed to restrict road dirt from easily entering the compartment and will be installed LS1, LS3, RS1, RS3 and B1. 0797957 Pac Trac, Installed on Compt Wall,
Back Wall Only

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SYSTEM
Pac Trac equipment mounting system will be installed on the back wall of one (1) compartment (s), RS2.
0004016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side
of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0784811 Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A painted to match the lower body color fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0602346 Hose, Hard Suction, Provided by
Dealer, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification

HARD SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.2 requires a minimum of 20 ft of suction hose or 15 ft of supply hose.

Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide suction or supply hose.

There will be Two (2) lengths of 10' long x6.00" diameter hose provided and equipped with a Long Handle Female and Rocker Lug Male couplings provided on the ends. The brand will be Kochek.
0004095 Troughs, H.S.H., (1) Each Side, Steel

HOSE TROUGHS
Hard suction hose will be carried in two (2) V-shaped troughs, one (1) each side, and held in place by chrome plated, quarter turn, spring loaded clamps.

Troughs will be constructed of steel and painted job color. 0626229 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be 1.25" diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet NFPA 1901 section 15.8 requirements. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0025450 Handrails, Rear Bulkhead

One (1) vertical handrail will be located on each rear bulkhead. 0004146 Handrail, Rear, Below Hose Bed, Full
Width

HANDRAIL
One (1) full width horizontal handrail will be provided below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus.
35713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0004150 Handrail, Extra - 15-20" Long

ADDITIONAL HANDRAIL
Two (2) handrails will be mounted on top of the left side sheet forward and on top of the right side sheet forward.
0636301 Compt, Extinguisher (2) Fender
Panel, Triangular Door

EXTINGUISHER/AIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (Triangular)
A total of one (1) extinguisher/air bottle/storage compartments will be provided on the right side forward of the rear wheels. The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the lower area and a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the upper area. The compartment will be approximately 25.50" deep. A partition will be provided to separate the compartment. Also inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A brushed stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0622393 Compt, Air Pack Fender Panel

AIR PACK STORAGE
A total of one (1) air pack compartment(s) will be provided and located on the left side forward of the rear wheels. The air pack compartment(s) will be tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender. The compartment(s) will be approximately 15.50" wide at the top and

5.00" wide at the bottom for the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 15.50" tall at the body side compartment and 6.00" tall at the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 26.00" deep and have a drain hole.

Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.

A brushed stainless steel hinged door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air pack. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0657522 Compt, Air Bottle, Triple, Fender
Panel
AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (Triple)
A quantity of one (1) air bottle compartment designed to hold (3) air bottles up to 7.25" in diameter x 26.00" deep will be provided on the right side rearward of the rear wheels. A brushed stainless steel door with a chrome plated flush lift & turn latch will be provided to contain the air bottle. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the air bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 24' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ROOF LADDER
There will be a 14' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided. 0787027 Ladders Btwn Tank & S.Sht, RS,
Ext'd Rr, Encl'd Complete, RPH,
Special Mounting

LADDER STORAGE
The ladders will be stored between the water tank and the right side compartments.

The ladders will extend into the pump compartment just to the rear of the water pump discharges.

The ladder storage area will be enclosed as practical by means of sheet metal to protect the ladders from road dirt. The ladders that extend into the pump house will also be enclosed. A black rubber boot will be provided to enclosed the ladders in the gap between the pump house and the body.

Each ladder will be stored vertically in a separate stainless steel storage trough. Each stainless steel trough will be lined with Dura-Surf nylon slides.

A bright aluminum treadplate enclosure will be provided at the rear of the body to properly contain the ladders. This enclosure will extend to the rear of the side body compartments.

The ladders will be stored with the fly section pointed inboard towards the water tank.

The enclosure will also include a vertically hinged smooth aluminum door with a D-handle latch to access the ladders.
0733387 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A

FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed. 0733796 Trough, Folding Ladder, Ladder
Storage Btwn Tank & S.Sht

FOLDING LADDER STORAGE
There will be storage designated right side for folding ladders stored between the side sheet in a stainless steel trough in the ladder storage compartment. 36713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0724558 Compt w/Strap, Backboard, Vertical
in Hose Bed, Mounted to Divider

BACKBOARD STORAGE
A compartment for one (1) backboard will be provided in the hose bed. The compartment will be mounted to the existing hose bed divider TBD.

The compartment will be sized for a backboard 72.00" long x 16.00" wide x 2.00" high. A Velcro® strap will be provided at the rear of the compartment to restrain the backboard. 0567897 Pike Pole, 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-8
8' PIKE POLE
There will be two (2) Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Hook , 8' long roof hook with steel shaft and chisel (pry) end provided LS long handle tool compartment. 0724980 Tube, Pike Pole 8' or Longer, Thru
Body Long Tool Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
There will be storage designated left side for Two (2) pike poles 8' or longer pike poles stored in a tube with a 1.38" notch, to accommodate a New York style pike pole for the head of a pike pole.

This will be located thru- body in the long tool storage compartment. 0549137 Not Required, Pike Pole, 6'

0733065 Not Required

0672603 SP Compt, Below Tank Tee, Long
Handled Tools

COMPARTMENT FOR LONG HANDLED TOOLS
There will be one (1)compartment(s) provided on the left side ABOVE both rear 2.50" discharges side at the rear of the truck below the water tank tee. The compartment will be sized to hold long handled tools. The compartment will be (1) 10' folding ladder and (2) 8' NY Hooks .

At the rear of the compartment will be a smooth aluminum door with a D-handle latch. 0724136 Steps, Folding, Front of Body, Cargo
Bed Access, w/LED, Trident, Black

FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY
Folding steps will be provided full height on the left side and right side body compartments to provide access to the cargo bed. Steps will be spaced evenly on the sales drawing. Actual quantity may vary due to pump panel interferences but will meet the NFPA required maximum stepping height.

The Trident steps will be black powder coat finished, non-skid with a a black tread coating on the stepping surface.

The steps will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0724125 Steps, Folding, Rear of Body, w/LED,
Trident, Black, LS Only

REAR FOLDING STEPS
Black powder coat finished, non-skid folding steps with a a black tread coating on the stepping surface will be provided at the rear on the left side. Each step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand.
37713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0005498 Pump House, Side Control, 52"

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

PUMP CONTROL PANELS (Side Control)
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly marked.

The pump panel on the right side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. The left side will be fastened with screws.

The control panels will be 52.00" wide.

The gauge and control panels will be two (2) separate panels for ease of maintenance.

The side gauge panel will be hinged at the bottom with a full length stainless steel hinge. The fasteners used to hold the panel in the upright position will be quarter turn type. Vinyl covered cable or chains will be used to hold the gauge panel in the dropped position.

Polished stainless steel trim collars will be installed around all inlets and outlets.

All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels will be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws. 0037731 Pump House Structure, Raised,
Included with Ladder Storage

0762418 SP Lighting, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020,
20", Cargo Area Only, PP Lts Swt

CARGO AREA LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumen, 20" long, white LED light stick (s) provided below the body flange of the cargo area. These lights will be activated by the panel light switch located on the pump panel. in the cargo area to illuminate the hose reels during reloading
0618741 BLister, Side Sheet Above Pump
House, Location

CARGO SIDE SHEET BLISTER
There will be a total of two (2) cargo side sheet(s) blistered out. The location will be on the left and right side. The blister(s) will allow additional room in the cargo compartment for installation of booster reels.
0797005 Pump, Waterous, CXC20, 1500
GPM, Single Stage, Midship Split
Shaft
PUMP
Fire pump shall be a Waterous CXC20, 1500 gpm, single (1) stage centrifugal type. The pump shall be an end suction, pedestal mount, single inlet type.

Pump shall be the class "A" type.

Pump shall deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
- 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure.
- 70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure.
- 50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure.

Pump body shall be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted.

Impeller shaft shall be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It shall be supported by oil or grease lubricated, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support.

Bearings shall be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, slinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings shall be used. 0004482 Seal, Mechanical, Waterous

Pump will be equipped with a self-adjusting, maintenance-free, mechanical shaft seal.

The mechanical seal will consist of a flat, highly polished, spring fed carbon ring that rotates with the impeller shaft. The carbon ring will press against a highly polished stainless steel stationary ring that is sealed within the pump body.

In addition, a throttling ring will be pressed into the steel chamber cover, providing a very small clearance around the rotating shaft in the event of a mechanical seal failure. The pump performance will not deteriorate, nor will the pump lose prime, while drafting if the seal fails during pump operation.

Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 38713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0559769 Trans, Pump, Waterous C20 Series

PUMP TRANSMISSION
The pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears, 50% of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (2) or three (3) teeth doing all the work.

Drive shafts will be 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605125 Pump Shift, Air w/o Manual Override,
Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab.

Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
0746508 Valve(s), Relief Intake, Trident Air
Max, Control Location

INTAKE RELIEF VALVE
One (1) Trident Air Max intake relief valve(s) will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig.

The relief valve will have a working range of 50 PSI to 350 PSI.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

One (1) adjustable air regulator and pressure indicating gauge will be located on a common bezel behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door to control the intake valve(s). 0004525 Valve, Pump Relief w/ Indicator
Lights, Waterous

RELIEF VALVE
A Waterous adjustable relief valve, specially designed for fire service, will be provided.

Valve will be positive, quick acting, and include an instantaneous on/off control. When in the off position, the relief valve will functionally be removed from the system. When turned back to the on position, the relief valve will again monitor and maintain the previous pressure setting.

Control for adjusting pressure will be elliptical shaped for positive grip.

An easily removable pilot valve strainer will be provided and be accessible from the pump operator's panel.

Two (2) indicator lights will be furnished, showing the position of the relief valve (amber for open and green for closed).
0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air
Operated

PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of NFPA 1901.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer. 0048201 Drain, Class 1 Multi-Port, IPO Std
Pump Drain

PUMP DRAIN
A Class 1 multi port pump drain will be used in place of the standard pump drain. 39713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0504715 Line, 0.375" Recirculating, Water
Tank

RECIRCULATING LINE
A 3/8" line will be run from the discharge side of the main pump to the water tank to help keep the pump cool when water is not being discharged. This line will be designed to circulate water from the pump back to the tank when the recirculating valve is open. This water circulation will help to maintain the pump water temperature at a safe level. The recirculation valve will be located on the left pump operator's panel.
0658368 Thermal Relief Valve, OPM, w/Red
Warning Light, Waterous Pump

THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
A Waterous Overheat Protection Manager (OPM) will be included on the pump that monitors pump water temperature and opens to relieve water to cool the pump when the temperature of the pump water exceeds 140 Degrees F (60 C) and a red warning light that is triggered when the water in the pump reaches 180 F (82 C).

The warning light will act as an additional protection device if the temperature in the pump keeps rising after the valve opens. The warning light with a test switch will be mounted on the pump operator panel.

The discharge line will be plumbed to ground.
0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 0603129 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All

SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang. 0699096 Not Required, Cap, Main Pump Inlet,
Included w/Storz Adapter
0084610 Valves, Akron 8000 series- All

VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty.
0004686 Valve, Inlet(s) Recess Behind Panel,
Side Cntrl
The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be behind the pump panel. 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 40713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0723551 Inlet (1), Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0034720 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets

ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion.
0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0029043 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with stainless steel piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel.

Tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and angle down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0062133 Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW
if applicable

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3. 0766936 Outlet Control, Elec, Akr 9335, Vlv
Cntrl and Digital Press Display

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS w/ PRESSURE IN DISPLAY
There will be One (1) discharge outlet controlled by Akron 9335 electric valve controller(s) provided on the pump operator's panel. The outlet(s) will be located deluge. The electric control (s) must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit(s) must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate the valve actuator. The controller(s) will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. They will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option.

In addition to the valve controls, the electric valve controller(s) will include a pressure display. 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 41713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092571 Not Required, Outlets, Right Side
Additional
0089584 Not Required, Elbow, Right Side
Outlets, Additional
0766070 Outlet, 4" w/4" Valve, Right Side,
Akron 9333 Elec Controller

LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be a 4.00" discharge outlet with a 4.00" electric valve installed on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with 4.00" MNST threads.

There will be an Akron 9333 electric valve controller provided on the pump operators panel. The electric control must be of a true position feedback design, requiring no clutches in the motor or current limiting. The unit must be completely sealed with momentary open, close as well and an optional one touch full open feature to operate the valve actuator. The controller will provide position indication on a full color, backlit LCD display. It will have manual adjustment of the brightness as well as an auto dimming option.

PRESSURE GAUGE(S)
Analog pressure gauge(s) shall be located near the electric valve controller(s). The gauges shall match the rest of the analog gauges provided on the pump operator's panel. 0005097 Elbow, Large Dia Outlet, 30 Deg,

4.00" FNST x 5.00" Storz

LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS
The 4.00" outlet(s) will be furnished with one (1) 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 5.00" Storz elbow adapter with Storz cap.
0649939 Outlet, Front, 1.50" w/2" Plumbing

FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (1) 1.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the top of the left side of the front bumper.

Plumbing will consist of 2.00" piping and flexible hose with a 2.00" ball valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 1.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel.

There will be automatic drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0004995 Outlet, Rear, 2.50"

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets piped to the rear of the hose bed, left side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel. 0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear,
Additional
42713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0092573 Not Required, Outlet, Hose
Bed/Running Board Tray

0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru

3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0005080 Reducer, 2.50" FNST x 1.50" MNST,
w/Cap

REDUCER
There will be three (3) adapters with 2.50" FNST x 1.50" MNST threads and a 1.50" chrome plated cap installed on both left side and one right side 2.5" discharges. 0090927 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/TFT Extend-a-
Gun XG18

DELUGE RISER
A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be rigidly braced and installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3. TELESCOPIC PIPING
The deluge riser piping will include an 18.00" Task Force Model XG18 Extend-A-Gun extension.

This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 18.00" increasing the range of operation.

A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. 0095958 Deluge Outlet, Special
Height/Location

DELUGE OUTLET SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The deluge gun outlet will be located no taller than the hose reels when in the retracted position. 0770359 No Monitor Requested,
Customer/Dealer Furnished and
Installed

MONITOR
A customer/dealer supplied and installed make and model TFT XFC-52 monitor will be properly installed on the deluge riser.
0029304 No Nozzle Req'd

0046857 Deluge Mount, For TFT Crossfire
Monitor, TFT Manual Extend-A-Gun
Only
The deluge riser Extend-a-Gun will have provisions for direct mounting a Task Force Tips CrossFire monitor.
0723726 Speedlay Module Not Required

0722432 Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395 Speedlays, Not Required

0723394 Speedlays, Not Required

43713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0029210 Crosslays Sngl Sheet, (2+) 1.50",
Spl. Cap/Arrangement
CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS, 1.50"
Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying 200' x

1.75" D.J. hose. CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSION OF EACH CROSSLAY TO BE 10.50" WIDE X

18.00" HIGH - NO EXCEPTIONS and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a 2.00" quarter turn ball valve.

Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.

The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish.

Vertical scuffplates, constructed of stainless steel, will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle.

Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum. 0029196 Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay

0590942 Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay, 1"
Heavy Nylon Web, Strap Fasteners,
Each Side

CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
A black 1.00" nylon webbing design with 2.00" box pattern will be provided across each end of two (2) crosslay/deadlay(s) to secure the hose during travel. The webbing will be permanently attached at the top of the crosslay/deadlay opening(s). 1.00" web straps will loop through footman loops located at the opposite end of the permanently attached webbing. The straps will attach with a pair of velcro straps fasteners.
0029260 Not Required, Speedlays

0750536 Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0590877 Hose Restraint, Crosslay/Deadlay,
Aluminum Treadplate, Top Only

CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
An aluminum treadplate cover, hinged at the front will be installed over the top of the crosslay/deadlay(s). It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface. The cover will be provided with no stay arm device hold open device.
0895329 SP Crosslays, 17.00" Lower Than
Standard - w/Raised PH

CROSSLAY 17.00" LOWER THAN STANDARD
The crosslays will be lowered 17.00" from standard with a raised pumphouse. 0005220 Reel, Booster, Two (2) - Over Pump,
Steel

BOOSTER HOSE REELS
Two (2) Hannay electric rewind booster hose reels will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment, one each side.

The exterior finish of the reel will be painted job color matching the lower body.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on each side of the apparatus.

Discharge controls will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reels will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valves.
0675743 SP Switches, Reel Rewind - 2 Reels, 2
Stirrups & 2 Push Buttons
Reel motors will be protected from overload with 50 amp automatic reset circuit breakers.

Each hose reel will include the following rewind controls:

One (1) foot actuated, stirrup type, electric rewind control switch installed on the reel side below the body.

One (1) push-button switch provided TBD.
0606182 SP Hose, Booster - (2) Reels W/200' of

1.00"/800 PSI (100 + 100)
Booster hose, 1.00" diameter and 200 feet long, with chrome plated Barway, or equal couplings will be provided on each reel. The 200 feet of hose will be provided in two (2) 100 feet lengths.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi. 0005244 Capacity, Hose Reel 200' of 1" Capacity of the hose reel will be 200 feet of 1.00" booster hose. 0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0502354 SP Hose Reel, 1/2 HP Rewind Motor
(EP) IPO 1/3 HP

HOSE REEL REWIND MOTOR
Hose reel rewind motor will be 1/2 HP.

There will be two (2) provided.
44713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0515688 Gauge, Hose Reel, (Match Panel
Gauges)

PRESSURE GAUGE
There will be a pressure gauge provided for two (2) hose reel(s). The gauge will be located TBD.

The gauge will match the discharge outlet gauges.
0638511 SP Cutout for Reel Access, (2), w/ S/S
Trim

HOSEREEL ACCESS
Two (2) cutouts will be provided in the side sheet next to each booster hose reel. Each cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel trim will be mounted horizontally and vertically around each cutout. 0085328 Nozzle Cup, Zico w/Bracket NOZZLE CUP AND BRACKET A Zico nozzle cup and chrome plated mounting bracket will be provided for storage of the booster reel nozzle.

There will be two (2) provided. The nozzle cup(s) will have a 3-1/2" inside diameter and will be located TBD.
0007827 Foam Sys, FoamPro 2002 (Single
Agent)

FOAM CONCENTRATE PROPORTIONING SYSTEM
A Hypro FoamPro®, Model 2002, foam system will be provided as the means for the proportioning of foam concentrate into the water stream. The FoamPro is an electronic, fully automatic, variable speed, direct injection, discharge side foam proportioning system.

This system will be a single agent system capable of handling Class A foam concentrates, as well as most Class B foam concentrates.

The foam system will be plumbed to six (6) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be #1 crosslay, #2 crosslay, #5 rear discharge, #7 rear discharge and both booster reels.

The foam proportioning system operation will be based on a direct measurement of water flows, and remain consistent within the specified flow and pressure. The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display on the pump panel. Incorporated within the control display will be a microprocessor, which receives input from the system flow meter while also monitoring the foam concentrate pump output. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the foam flow, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate.

One (1) paddle wheel will be installed to monitor all foam discharges.

Push button control for the form proportioning rate will allow a ratio from .1 percent to 3 percent in .1 percent increments.

The rated capacity of this system will be 166 gpm at 3 percent and 1000 gpm at .5 percent.

A 5 gpm positive displacement foam pump will be powered by a 12 vdc electric motor.

One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump. The check valve will be approved by the foam system manufacturer. 0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor

0552517 Not Required, Refill, Foam Tank
0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0005447 Foam Cell, 30 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 30 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0091036 Drain, 1.00" Foam Tank #1 FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" drain valve located inside the pump compartment accessible through a door on the right side pump panel.
0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

45713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0746444 Approval Dwg, Color And Label Tags
Only

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark- ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0035570 Pump Panel Configuration, No Match
Required

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be neat and orderly.
0005525 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Brushed Stainless

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel. 0721776 Panel, Pump Access - Right Side,
Hinged, Side Control

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side pump panel will be hinged along the rearward edge.

Panel Fastener
The right side hinged panel will be secured using a chrome flush lift and turn latch .

The right side lower (drain bank) and all left side panel will be secured using screws. 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR
LED White

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment.

There will be a switch accessible through a door on the pump panel included with this installation. 0005599 Gauges, Engine - Pump Panel

PUMP PANEL GAUGES AND CONTROLS
The following will be provided on the pump and gauge panels in a neat and orderly fashion:
- Engine Oil Pressure Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Engine Water Temperature Gauge: With visual and audible warning - Tachometer: Electric
- Master Pump Drain Control
- Voltmeter
0737730 Throttle, Engine, FRC, Infinity Pro,
ETA400 Series

ENGINE THROTTLE
A Fire Research (FRC) InfinityPRO model ETA400 series remote engine throttle will be installed on the pump operator's panel. The case and control knob will be machined from anodized aluminum, waterproof, and have dimensions not to exceed 2.50" diameter and 4.375" deep. The control knob will be 2.00" in diameter with a serrated grip, no mechanical stops, and have a red idle push button in the center.

The remote engine throttle will set the engine RPM to idle when the pump engaged interlock signal is recognized regardless of the control knob position. It will use optical technology to detect the direction and speed of the control knob when it is rotated.

The control knob will programmed to be used in the clockwise rotation to increase engine speed and counterclockwise to decrease engine speed.
0742051 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light with label installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Throttle Ready mode.
0007541 Indicator Lights @ Pump Panel,
Electronic Engines
- Check Transmission Warning Indicator Light
- Stop Engine Warning Indicator Light
- Check Engine Warning Indicator Light.
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0069390 Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Red
Button

AIR HORN BUTTON
An air horn control button will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This button will be red in color and properly labeled and put within easy reach of the operator. 46713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0560441 Grille, Speaker Louvered S/S, Each

STAINLESS STEEL SPEAKER GRILLE
There will be one (1) polished stainless steel grille/s, for a radio speaker/s, provided and installed TBD on the pump panel.

The grille will be constructed with automotive type louvers, so rain and road splash are deflected.

The speaker size will be TBD.
0009666 Pump Master Gauge Panel Mounted
@ Angle

ANGLED GAUGE PANEL
The pump master gauge panel will be mounted at an angle downward to improve visibility of the gauges.
0005690 Gauges, 6.00" Master, Class 1, 30"-0
-600psi

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering, with a pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0511105 Gauge, 3.00" Pressure, Class 1,
Special

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 3.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black markings.

Gauge construction will include a Zytel nylon case with adhesive mounting gasket and threaded retaining nut.

Gauges will have a pressure rating of 0-400 psi.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.

This gauge will include a 10 year warranty against leakage, pointer defect, and defective bourdon tube.
0757359 Gauge, Water Level, Class 1,
Remote Module Driver

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be an electronic water level gauge provided on the operator's panel that registers water level by means of five (5) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five (5) LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The water level indicators will be as follows:
100 percent = Green
75 percent = Yellow
50 percent = Yellow
25 percent = Yellow
Refill = Red
The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the water tank is empty.

The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank.

The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from water and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The field calibratable display measures head pressure to accurately show the tank level.

There will be a Hale part number 106877, 4-light driver module included with this installation to power additional water level gauges.

The system(s) will be energized when pump is in gear.
0750438 Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2,
LED 1-Light, 4-Level

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be two (2) additional water level indicator(s), Whelen®, Model PSTANK2, LED module with black trim, installed one (1) each side, forward and up high on the body side sheet post.

This light module(s) will include four (4) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel:

First green module indicates a full water level
Second blue module indicates a water level above 3/4 full Third amber module indicates a water level above 1/2 full Last red module indicates a water level above 1/4 full and empty Above 1/4 this light will be steady burning
At empty this light will be flashing
The flash rate will be determined by the main water level tank sensor.

This module will be activated when the pump is in gear. 47713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0062992 Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class
1, GAAAR 5lt

FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
An electronic foam level gauge will be provided on the operator's panel that registers foam level by means of five (5) colored LED lights. The lights will be durable, ultra-bright five (5) LED design viewable through 180 degrees. The foam level indicators will be as follows:
100 percent = Green
75 percent = Yellow
50 percent = Yellow
25 percent = Yellow
Refill = Red
The light will flash when the level drops below the given level indicator to provide an eighth of a tank indication. To further alert the pump operator, the lights will flash sequentially when the foam tank is empty.

The level measurement will be based on the sensing of head pressure of the fluid in the tank.

The display will be constructed of a solid plastic material with a chrome plated die cast bezel to reduce vibrations that can cause broken wires and loose electronic components. The encapsulated design will provide complete protection from foam and environmental elements. An industrial pressure transducer will be mounted to the outside of the tank. The display will be able to be calibrated in the field and will measure head pressure to accurately show the tank level. 0656224 Light Shield/Step 8", S/S Undr Crs,
LED w/P25 LED Step Light

STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed under the crosslays. This shield will be properly reinforced to support the crosslay hose weight.

There will be 12 volt DC white LED light(s) installed under the stainless steel light shield.

These lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the pump panel light switch is on.

There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump operators main panel.

There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set.

This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel.

There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
0622038 Light Shield/Step 8" & S/S Under
Xlays, LED, PS, P25 LED Stp Lt

ADDITIONAL STEP/LIGHT SHIELD
There will be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed under the crosslays. This shield will be properly reinforced to support the crosslay hose weight.

There will be two (2) 12 volt DC white LED light(s) installed under the stainless steel light shield.

These lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the pump panel light switch is on.

There will be an aluminum treadplate stepping surface no less than 8.00" deep and properly reinforced to support a man's weight, installed over the pump panel.

There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the step to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

There will be one (1) white LED, step light provided above this step. In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each step light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light. The step light will be activated by the pump panel light switch.
0606696 Air Horns, (2) Grover, Stutter Tone, In
Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Grover, Stutter Tone, air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed in-line to prevent loss of air in the air brake system. 0606835 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Outboard (Pos
#1 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, towards the outside. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

AIR HORN CONTROL
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757080 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, RS

Right side foot switch
0757084 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch 48713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0605454 Siren, Wln 295SDA1, 100 or 200
Watt Traf Dir Lt Cnt

ELECTRONIC SIREN
There will be a Whelen®, Model 295SDA1, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone and traffic directing light control provided.

This siren to be activated when the battery switch is on. 0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the overhead console above the engine tunnel in the center.
0076156 Control, Elec Siren, Head Only The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.
0601306 Speaker, (1) Wln, SA315P, w/Pierce
Polished Stainless Steel Grille, 100
watt

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model SA315P, black nylon composite, 100-watt, speaker with through bumper mounting brackets and polished stainless steel grille provided. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0601552 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Right Side, Outside
Frame,Inbrd (Pos 2)
The speaker will be recessed in the right side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0895281 Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213
Sol

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B siren will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a Littelfuse part number 24213 power solenoid that is connected by a 2-gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.

When the chassis battery switch is on, and the emergency master switch is on, the Q2B siren will be activated by the following:
0006097 Location of Siren, Recessed in
Bumper
The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper on the left side. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework.
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748282 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw LS

Left side foot switch.
0736691 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Chrome
Push Button, LS
A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the left side dash panel to activate the siren brake.
0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
49713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0778949 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 72",
RRRRWsrROptRsrWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 72.00" Whelen® Freedom™ IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side second front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the left side third front position.

One (1) red steady burn LED module in the left side fourth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side fifth front position.

One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller sent to national standard high priority in the center positions.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side fifth front position.

One (1) red steady burn LED module in the right side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the right side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side end position.

There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller with the emergency master switch only. a driver's side momentary cab switch with no emergency master control to activate the traffic light controller.

The two (2) white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The six (6) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0540384 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6*C LED,
Clear Lens, in Common Bzl

LIGHTS, FRONT ZONE LOWER
Two (2) Whelen model M6*C LED flashing warning lights will be installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel with the directional lights.

The driver's side front warning light to be red.

The passenger's side front warning light to be red.

Both lights will include a clear lens.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0063971 Daytime Running Lights, Headlights,
AXT/Saber/Enforcer (Low Beam)

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (HEADLIGHTS)
The headlights will include a feature for daytime running lights which will be automatically activated when the parking brake is released. The daytime running light feature will be deactivated when the primary headlight switch is turned on, when other headlight options are activated or when the parking brake is set. The running lights will be wired through the low beam head lights.
0540679 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C
LED, Clear Lens 2pr

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be four (4) Whelen®, Model M6*C, flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

Two (2) lights, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The side front lights to be red.

Two (2) lights, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The side rear lights to be red.

The lights will include a clear lenses.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0895974 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab,
Wln 3S*00F*R, 3" Round

INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen® Model 3S*00F*R, 3.00" round deep flashing LED warning lights with grommet mounting.

One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the left side cab door One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the right side cab door.

One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the right side crew cab door.

One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the left side crew cab door.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

Each light will be located in the door pan as low and far to the outside as practical..

Each light will be activated when the respective door is opened and the E-Master is on. 0895609 Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All
Cabs, Butt Splice

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS
The lights will be installed with an insulated crimped factory butt splice connection. 0672937 Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED,
Chrome Flange, Mounted In Rub
Rail, 1st

SIDE WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen, Model WIONSMC* LED light(s) provided and located in the body rub rails one (1) each under the following compartments: LS1, LS3, RS1 and RS3. The lights will NOT be mounted with the rubber gasket behind the light which will allow the light(s) to fit in the rub rails.

The color of each light will be red LED with a clear lens.

Each light will be provided with a chrome plated ABS flange.

The light(s) will be activated with the side warning switch. 50713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED,
Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*C, LED flashing warning lights located at the rear of the apparatus.

The driver's side rear light to be red
The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0898358 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M9**
M9V2** M9V2** M9** 4lts

WARNING LIGHTS (Rear and Side upper zones)
There will be four (4) Whelen LED lights with chrome trim provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) Model M9**, 6.50" high x 10.37" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning light installed on the driver's side, side of the apparatus as high and close to the rear as practical. The side rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red.

One (1) Model M9V2**, 6.50" high x 10.38" long x 2.63" deep flashing LED warning light with white scene LEDs installed on the driver's side, rear of the apparatus as high and close to the outside as practical. The rear upper light(s) on the driver's side to be red.

One (1) Model M9V2**, 6.50" high x 10.38" long x 2.63" deep flashing LED warning light with white scene LEDs installed on the passenger's side, rear of the apparatus as high and close to the outside as practical. The rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red.

One (1) Model M9**, 6.50" high x 10.37" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning light installed on the passenger's side, side of the apparatus as high and close to the rear as practical.The side rear upper light(s) on the passenger's side to be red.

The flashing warning lights will include a lens that is clear. The scene lights will include a clear lens.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning lights.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

The scene LEDs may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0537807 Mtg, Rear Warn Lts, Side Sheets &
On Rear Bulkheads

REAR LIGHT MOUNTING
The rear warning lights will be mounted on the rear side sheet flange and rear bulkhead of the body as high as possible with all wiring totally enclosed. 0722219 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65,

36.01" Long LED, No Ctrl Head Lens
Feature

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen, Model TAL65, 36.01" long x 2.84" high x 2.24" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The lens color(s) to be clear.
0529278 Location, Traf Dir Lt, Surface Mount

This traffic directing light will be surface mounted at the rear of the apparatus. 0669663 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Included With Siren Control Head

The traffic directing light will be controlled by the electronic siren control head. 0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0649753 Not Required, PTO Driven Hydraulic
Tool System
0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
51713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0602516 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA 2016, Provided by
Fire Department

NFPA REQUIRED LOOSE EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.3 and 5.9.4 will be provided by the fire department.
800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.

One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.

Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.

One (1) smoothbore of combination nozzle with 2.50" shutoff that flows a minimum of 250 gpm.

One (1) SCBA complying with NFPA 1981 for each assigned seating position, but not fewer than four (4), mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus or stored in containers supplied by the SCBA manufacturer.

One (1) spare SCBA cylinder for each SCBA carried, each mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus or stored in a specially designed storage space(s).

One (1) first aid kit.

Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (2) hydrant wrenches.

One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads.

One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with National Hose threads.

One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft x 14 ft (3.7 m x 4.3 m).

One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 1983, Standard on Fire Service Life Safety Rope and System Components (if equipped with an aerial device).

If the supply hose carried does not use sexless couplings, an additional double female adapter and double male adapter, sized to fit the supply hose carried, will be carried mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus.

If none of the pump intakes are valved, a hose appliance that is equipped with one or more gated intakes with female swivel connection(s) compatible with the supply hose used on one side and a swivel connection with pump intake threads on the other side will be carried. Any intake connection larger than 3.00" (75 mm) will include a pressure relief device that meets the requirements of 16.6.6.

If the apparatus does not have a 2.50" National Hose (NH) intake, an adapter from 2.50" NH female to a pump intake will be carried, mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the intake.

If the supply hose carried has other than 2.50" National Hose (NH) threads, adapters will be carried to allow feeding the supply hose from a 2.50" NH thread male discharge and to allow the hose to connect to a 2.50" NH female intake, mounted in brackets fastened to the apparatus if not already mounted directly to the discharge or intake.
0519913 Not Required, Soft Suction Hose SOFT SUCTION HOSE There will be no soft suction hose provided.
0602389 Strainer, Provided by Dealer, Pumper
NFPA 2016 Classification

STRAINER PROVIDED BY DEALER
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.8.2.1.1 requires a suction strainer when suction hose is provided.

The strainer is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The dealer will provide the suction strainer. 0602538 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, Pumper
NFPA 2016 Class, Provided by Fire
Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) approved dry chemical portable fire extinguisher with a minimum 80-B:C rating mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602360 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, Pumper NFPA 2016,Provided
by Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, section 5.9.4 requires one (1) 2.5 gallon or larger water extinguisher mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0602679 Axe, Flathead, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) flathead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
52713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0602667 Axe, Pickhead, Pumper NFPA 2016
Classification, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 5.9.4 requires one (1) pickhead axe mounted in a bracket fastened to the apparatus.

The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton
PAINT
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation
- All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment
- All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer
- The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two- component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding
- The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultra- smooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer
- The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint
- Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat
- Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.

C.T.standard in critical areas. These requirements must be met in order for the exterior paint finish to be considered acceptable. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

PAINT - ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a

99.99% efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98.00%. Water wash systems will be 99.97% efficient
Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709567 Paint, Single Color, Enforcer CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted #219 Red.
0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab. 53713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0646901 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, With
Liner, E-Coat, Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with a single system black top coat before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted are:

Frame rails
Frame liners
Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Air tanks
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Two (2) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels
0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels
0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color. 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0544074 Reflective Band, 4" REFLECTIVE BAND
A 4.00" black reflective band will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.
0007356 Reflective across Cab Face The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level. 0602763 Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Reflective,
Non-NFPA 2016 Colors, Pumper

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.

The colors will be ruby red and black reflective.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width.

This will meet the requirements of NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, which states that 50 percent of the rear surface will be covered with chevron striping.

NFPA 1901, 2016 edition, Section 15.9.3.2.1 requires each stripe in the chevron to be a single color alternating between red and either yellow, fluorescent yellow, or fluorescent yellow green.

Use of the red and yellow color is endorsed by the International Association of Fire Chiefs. The fire apparatus purchaser will realize that by requesting an exception to this aspect of NFPA 1901, this fire apparatus will not contribute to the national standardization initiative. Per the purchaser's specification, this apparatus will not be compliant to NFPA 1901 standards in this regard. 0065687 Stripe, Reflective, Cab Doors Interior CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement.
0594559 Lettering Specifications, (Sign Gold
Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be 22 karat gold vinyl.
0685908 Lettering, Sign Gold, 4.00", (61-80) LETTERING Sixty-one (61) to eighty (80) Sign Gold lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.
54713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0017268 Decals, Customer furnished, Pierce
installed, Per Pair

DECAL INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) pair of decals furnished by the fire department and applied by the apparatus manufacturer.
0772003 Manual, Fire Apparatus Parts, USB
Flash Drive, Custom

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0772037 Manual, Chassis Service, USB Flash
Drive, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:

Job number
Table of contents
Troubleshooting
Front Axle/Suspension
Brakes
Engine
Tires
Wheels
Cab
Electrical, DC
Air Systems
Plumbing
Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0773381 Manual, Chassis Operation, (1) USB
Flash Drive, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0696698 Warranty, Engine, Cummins, 5 Year,
WA0181

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal.
0684952 Warranty, Steering Gear, TRW Ross
TAS, 1 Year WA0202

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A TRW one (1) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package.
0595766 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year, Includes
Crossmembers, Custom Chassis,
WA0038
FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal.
0733309 Warranty, Axle, 5 Year, Meritor,
General Service, WA0384
FRONT AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year,
Meritor, General Service, WA0384
SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3
Year, Meritor Wabco, WA0232
ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP

WARRANTY
A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.
55713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, Pro-
Rate, WA0055
TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0708760 Warranty, Not Applicable, LED Strip
Lights

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The compartment lights will not offer an extended warranty. 0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0734463 Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a Seven (7) yearmaterial and workmanship limited warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with the bid package (no exception). 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.
0641372 Warranty, Foam System, Not
Available
0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, Pro-
Rate, WA0057
TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595412 Warranty, Graphics Lamination, 1
Year, Apparatus, WA0168
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce graphics fading and deterioration limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0168, is included with this proposal.
0683627 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0156

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1901, current edition, section 4.13, Vehicle Stability. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
56713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0736238 Certification, Engine Installation,
Saber FR/Enf, Cummins L9, 2021

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification will be provided at the time of bid.
0892691 Certification, Cab Integrity, Saber
FR/Enforcer, CD0189

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0631973 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Saber FR/Enforcer, CD0137

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0631978 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0132

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0556828 Certification, Electric Window, Not
Available
0631977 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Saber FR/Enforcer,
CD0134

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.
57713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
0735949 Certification, Cab HVAC System
Performance, SFR/Enf,
CD0165/CD0167/CD0174/CD0175

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the applicable NFPA 1901 or 1906 (Current Edition).
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO
0000018 PUMPER, 2ND GEN
0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0004713 ENGINE, OTHER
0046395 EVS 3000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011 WATEROUS PUMP
0020009 POLY TANK
0028048 FOAM SYSTEM
0020006 SIDE CONTROL
0020007 AKRON VALVES
0020015 ABS SYSTEM
0658751 PUMPER BASE
58713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
59713Bid #:

EXHIBIT 1
Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 713 Chassis: Enforcer Chassis
Department: Stockton FD Body: Pumper, Medium, Aluminum, 2nd Gen Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 50°
Axle Track: 85.86 in.

Wheel Offset: 3.12 in.

Tread Width: 12.5 in.

Chassis Overhang: 65.95 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 16 in.

Front Overhang: 81.95 in.

Wheelbase: 191.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 12 ft. 7 in.

Curb to curb: 26 ft. 10 in.

Wall to wall: 31 ft. 3 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 02/09/2022
Category Option Description
Tires, Front 0771369 Tires, Front, Michelin, X WORKS Z, 315/80R22.50, LRL, Fire Service Speed Rating
Bumpers 0630342 Bumper, 16" Extended, Steel Painted, Saber FR/Enforcer Axle, Front, Custom 0637708 Axle, Front, Meritor FL-941, 18,000 lb, Saber FR/Enforcer Wheels, Front 0019575 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 9.00", Aluminum, Hub Pilot EXHIBIT 1
Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices.

EXHIBIT 1
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0005220 Reel, Booster, Two (2) - Over Pump, Steel 0.00 72.00 0.00 0007541 Indicator Lights @ Pump Panel, Electronic Engines 0.00 0.35 0.00 0007827 Foam Sys, FoamPro 2002 (Single Agent) 0.00 60.00 0.00 0010670 ABS Wabco Brake System, Single rear axle 0.00 6.00 0.00 0062992 Gauge, Foam Level, (1) Tank, Class 1, GAAAR 5lt 0.00 0.00 1.00 0069390 Control, Air Horn At Pmp Pnl, Red Button 0.00 0.16 0.00 0072153 Primer, Trident, Air Prime, Air Operated 0.00 0.01 0.00 0079196 Batteries, (4) Exide Grp 31, 950 CCA ea, (1) Iso Bat, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0547505 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC 1st 0.00 0.00 20.00
0548006 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 2nd 0.00 0.00 15.00
0548013 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC 2nd 0.00 0.00 20.00
0555812 Handlts, (2) Streamlight, Fire Vulcan, 44451 C4 LED, Tail lights, 12v, Orange

0.00 0.50 0.00
0560535 Wiring, Spare, 15 A 12V DC 4th 0.00 0.00 15.00
0561471 Lights, Backup, Wln M6BUW, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 0.00 3.20 0.00 0583824 Light, Pump Compt, Wln 3SC0CDCR LED White 0.00 0.36 0.00 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0618301 Light, Visor, FRC, 12V SPA851-Q15-*, LED 1st 0.00 0.00 13.00 0639727 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, Manual Override, Saber FR/Enforcer 0.00 180.00 0.00 0653533 Camera, Pierce, 7" LCD, Rear Camera Only 0.00 1.20 0.00 0672937 Lights, Side, Wln WIONSMC* LED, Chrome Flange, Mounted In Rub Rail, 1st

0.00 0.00 4.00
0673123 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln 3SR00FRR LED 0.00 0.30 0.00 0687994 Engine Brake, Jacobs Compression Brake, Cummins Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0772035 Lights, FRC, SPA***-Q15, 15,000 Lum, 12 VDC, 2nd 0.00 0.00 13.90 0772040 Lights, FRC, SPA***-Q15, 15,000 Lum, 12 VDC, 1st 0.00 0.00 13.90 0787001 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 2nd 0.00 0.00 2.50 0787447 Lights, Walk Surf, Dual LED Light Strips, Cargo Area, Bdy Stp Lt 0.00 0.00 0.50 0793781 Lights, Engine Compt, Custom, Auto Sw, TecNiq E18-LC00-1 LED 0.00 1.20 0.00 0797189 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination Blue Sea 1045 1st 0.00 0.00 2.50 0890272 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-Radio, (D,O,RPTT), 2C, U3805 0.00 0.00 0.50 0895281 Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213 Sol 0.00 100.00 0.00 0895974 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Wln 3S*00F*R, 3" Round 0.00 2.00 0.00 0897539 Wiring, Spare, 37.5 A 12V DC, Cust Install Radio, 30A Isolated, 7.5A Ign & Grnd

0.00 0.00 37.50
0693307 Mirrors, Ramco, 1350-PCHR, Heated/Remote, Heated/Remote Bottom Convex, Door Mnt
LM 0.00 0.00 8.00
0722696 HVAC, Enforcer, CARE LM 0.00 0.00 100.00
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0004525 Valve, Pump Relief w/ Indicator Lights, Waterous NFPA 0.52 0.00 0.00 0005599 Gauges, Engine - Pump Panel NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0013671 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 30.75" FF, 25.88" D NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90 0063624 RS 152" Lap, Full Height Front & Rear, FDLER NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0083610 LS 152" Lap, Full Height Front & Rear NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0088869 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 26250R LED 7Lts NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0540384 Lights, Front Zone, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, in Common Bzl NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0540679 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens 2pr NFPA 3.60 5.40 0.00 0564655 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*C LED, Clear Lens, For Tail Lt Housing NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0564683 Lights, Tail, Wln M6BTT* Red LED Stop/Tail & M6T* Amber LED Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0566799 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Ign, Prk Brk Activated NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0600601 Lights, Dome, FRP Dual LED 4 Lts, Non-MUX NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0605125 Pump Shift, Air w/o Manual Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous
NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis
2/9/2022
Bid #: 713
Stockton FD Emergency Purchase Sales Rep:

Organization:

Wright, Ryan
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: Stockton FD
EXHIBIT 1
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0605454 Siren, Wln 295SDA1, 100 or 200 Watt Traf Dir Lt Cnt NFPA 1.56 14.06 0.00 0610240 Vehicle Data Recorder w/Seat Belt Monitor NFPA 0.50 0.00 0.00 0617901 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00 0622038 Light Shield/Step 8" & S/S Under Xlays, LED, PS, P25 LED Stp Lt NFPA 3.85 0.00 0.00 0625650 Cab, Enforcer, 7000 NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00
0626579 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 2lts, Rear Step NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00 0626588 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq T10-LC00-1 15" LED 4Dr NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0642572 Trans, Allison 5th Gen, 3000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/DCF/SFR/Enf
NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00
0644176 Load Manager, Integrated In Electrical System, Saber FR/Enforcer NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0644179 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, Saber FR/Enforcer NFPA 1.20 4.80 0.00 0644187 Cab Instruments, Black Gauges, Black Bezels, Saber FR/Enforcer NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00 0647802 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 5 Lts, Saber FR/Enforcer NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 0647899 Lights, Directional/Marker, Cab Front Side, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED, Sab/Enf
NFPA 0.80 0.00 0.00
0648418 Light, Directional, Wln M6T LED, Common Bezel, Above Headlights, Sab/Enf
NFPA 1.50 0.00 0.00
0656224 Light Shield/Step 8", S/S Undr Crs, LED w/P25 LED Step Light NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0664481 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0722219 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL65, 36.01" Long LED, No Ctrl Head Lens Feature
NFPA 1.04 0.00 0.00
0723696 DEF Tank, 8.0 Gallon, LS Fill, Rear of Rear Axle, Triple Door NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00 0736437 Engine, Cummins L9, 450 hp, 1250 lb-ft, W/OBD, EPA 2021, Saber FR/Enforcer
NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00
0742051 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0750438 Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2, LED 1-Light, 4-Level NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0757359 Gauge, Water Level, Class 1, Remote Module Driver NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00 0762418 Lighting, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020, 20", Cargo Area Only, PP Lts Swt NFPA 0.60 0.00 0.00 0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr, Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED 4lts
NFPA 2.40 0.00 0.00
0771202 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 23 W x 39 H x 26.75 D, Lap, SFR/Enf NFPA 0.39 0.39 0.00 0778949 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 72", RRRRWsrROptRsrWRRRR NFPA 6.48 2.67 9.93 0780484 Headlights, Rect LED, HiViz FT-4X6-4KIT, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 7.66 7.66 0.00 0892638 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 6lts NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0898358 Lights, Rear/Side Up Zone, Wln M9** M9V2** M9V2** M9** 4lts NFPA 4.32 6.48 4.80 0121711 Alternator, 320 amp, Leece-Neville 4962PA, Sgl Sys S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 92.13 507.61 291.93
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 168.00
Demand: 92.13
Variance: 75.87
Total Connected Load
Supply: 282.00
Demand: 276.06
Variance: 5.94
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items 168.00 282.00Alternator Output at Idle: Alternator Output at Governed Speed:
* UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis
2/9/2022
Bid #: 713
Stockton FD Emergency Purchase Sales Rep:

Organization:

Wright, Ryan
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: Stockton FD
EXHIBIT 1
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months.Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first.Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

EXHIBIT 1
Cummins Warranty
Worldwide
Fire Apparatus/Crash Trucks
EXHIBIT 1
Coverage
Products Warranted
This Warranty applies to new diesel Engines sold by
Cummins and delivered to the first user on or after
April 1, 2007, that are used in fire apparatus truck and crash truck* applications Worldwide.

Base Engine Warranty
The Base Engine Warranty covers any failures of the
Engine which result, under normal use and service,
from a defect in material or factory workmanship
(Warrantable Failure). This Coverage begins with the
sale of the Engine by Cummins and ends five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers), whichever occurs
first, after the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user .

Engine aftertreatment components included in the
Cummins Critical Parts List (CPL) and marked with a
Cummins part number are covered under Base Engine
Warranty.

Additional Coverage is outlined in the Emission
Warranty section.

These Warranties are made to all Owners in the
chain of distribution and Coverage continues to all
subsequent Owners until the end of the periods of
Coverage.

Cummins
Responsibilities
Cummins will pay for all parts and labor needed to
repair the damage to the Engine resulting from a
Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay for the lubricating oil, antifreeze,
filter elements, belts, hoses and other maintenance
items that are not reusable due to the Warrantable
Failure.

Cummins will pay for reasonable labor costs for
Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to
repair a Warrantable Failure.

Cummins will pay reasonable costs for towing a
vehicle disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the
nearest authorized repair location. In lieu of the towing expense, Cummins will pay reasonable costs for
mechanics to travel to and from the location of the
vehicle, including meals, mileage and lodging when
the repair is performed at the site of the failure.

Owner
Responsibilities
Owner is responsible for the operation and
maintenance of the Engine as specified in Cummins
Operation and Maintenance Manuals. Owner is also
responsible for providing proof that all recommended
maintenance has been performed.

Before the expiration of the applicable Warranty,
Owner must notify a Cummins distributor , authorized
dealer or other repair location approved by Cummins
of any Warrantable Failure and make the Engine
available for repair by such facility. Except for Engines disabled by a Warrantable Failure, Owner must also
deliver the Engine to the repair facility.

Service locations are listed on the Cummins Worldwide
Service Locator at cummins.com.

Owner is responsible for the cost of lubricating oil,
antifreeze, filter elements and other maintenance items provided during Warranty repairs unless such items
are not reusable due to the Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for communication expenses,
meals, lodging and similar costs incurred as a result of a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for non-Engine repairs and for
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs and other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

Owner is responsible for a $100 (U.S. Dollars)
deductible per each service visit under this plan in the 3rd, 4th and 5th years of Base Engine Warranty. The
deductible will not be charged during the first 2 years of the Base Engine Warranty.

Limitations
Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
EXHIBIT 1
exhaust fluid.

This Warranty does not apply to accessories supplied
by Cummins which bear the name of another
company. Such non-warranted accessories include, but
are not limited to: alternators, starters, fans, air
conditioning compressors, clutches, filters,
transmissions, torque converters, vacuum pumps,
power steering pumps, fan drives and air compressors.

Cummins branded alternators and starters are covered
for the first two years from the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user , or the expiration of the Base Engine Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption are not covered beyond the duration of the Coverage or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) or 7,000 hours from
the date of delivery of the Engine to the first user ,
whichever of the three occurs first. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption will be considered, Owner
must submit adequate documentation to show that
consumption exceeds Cummins published standards.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by Cummins are
not covered beyond the first year from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or the duration of the Warranty, whichever occurs first.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new
Cummins parts, Cummins approved rebuilt parts or
repaired parts. Cummins is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by
Cummins.

A new Cummins or Cummins approved rebuilt part
used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the
identity of the part it replaced and is entitled to the remaining Coverage hereunder .

Cummins Inc. reserves the right to interrogate
Electronic Control Module (ECM) data for purposes of
failure analysis.

CUMMINS DOES NOT COVER WEAR OR WEAROUT
OF COVERED PARTS.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.

THIS W ARRANTY AND THE EMISSION W ARRANTY

SET FORTH HEREINAFTER ARE THE SOLE

W ARRANTIES MADE BY CUMMINS IN REGARD TO
THESE ENGINES. CUMMINS MAKES NO OTHER

W ARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OR OF

MERCHANT ABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
P ARTICULAR PURPOSE.

This Warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you
may also have other rights which vary from state to
state.

Emission
Warranty
Products Warranted
This Emission Warranty applies to new Engines
marketed by Cummins that are used in the United
States** in vehicles designed for transporting persons
or property on a street or highway. This Warranty
applies to Engines delivered to the first user on or after September 1, 1992.

Coverage
Cummins warrants to the first user and each
subsequent purchaser that the Engine is designed,
built and equipped so as to conform at the time of sale by Cummins with all U.S. federal emission regulations
applicable at the time of manufacture and that it is free from defects in material or factory workmanship which
would cause it not to meet these regulations within the longer of the following periods: (A) Five years or
100,000 miles (160,935 kilometers) of operation,
whichever occurs first, as measured from the date of
delivery of the Engine to the first user or (B) The Base Engine Warranty.

If the vehicle in which the Engine is installed is
registered in the state of California, a separate
California Emission Warranty also applies.

Limitations
Failures, other than those resulting from defects in
material or factory workmanship, are not covered by
this Warranty.

Cummins is not responsible for failures or damage
resulting from what Cummins determines to be abuse
or neglect, including, but not limited to: operation
without adequate coolants or lubricants; overfueling;
overspeeding; lack of maintenance of lubricating,
cooling or intake systems; improper storage, starting,
warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; unauthorized
modifications of the Engine.

Any unauthorized modifications to the aftertreatment
could negatively effect emissions certification and void Warranty.

Cummins is also not responsible for failures caused by
incorrect oil, fuel or diesel exhaust fluid or by water , dirt or other contaminants in the fuel, oil or diesel
exhaust fluid.

Cummins is not responsible for non-Engine repairs,
‘‘downtime’’ expenses, cargo damage, fines, all
applicable taxes, all business costs or other losses
resulting from a Warrantable Failure.

EXHIBIT 1
Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
©2001 Cummins Inc.

CUMMINS IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR INCIDENTAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
* Airport operated crash trucks and fire department
operated trucks employed to respond to fires,
hazardous material releases, rescue and other
emergency-type situations.
** United States includes American Samoa, the
Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam,
Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.

Bulletin 3381161
Printed in U.S.A. Rev. 08/09
/H230052001 Cummins Inc.

EXHIBIT 1

TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS
800 HEATH STREET
LAFAYETTE, INDIANA 47904

PRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT WPRODUCT W ARRANTY ARRANTYARRANTY ARRANTYARRANTY I. WARRANTY : The Commercial Steering Systems group of TRW, Inc., hereinafter referred to as “CSS”, warrants that each new product supplied by CSS to its customer, when properly installed, used and maintained, shall be free from defect in material an d workmanship for the period specified below:
(A) CSS Product installed in New On-highway Motor Vehicle:

Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle to the original retail purchaser, or before such vehicle has been driven one hundred thousand (100,000) miles, whichever event shall first occur. (B) CSS Product installed in New Agricultural, Turf, Industrial, or Construction Vehicles and Related Equipment :

Within twelve (12) months after date of delivery of such vehicle/equipment to the original retail purchaser or before such vehicle/equipment has been operated for two thousand (2000) hours or fifty thousand (50,000) miles, whichever occurs first. (C) CSS Product installed in New End Product, Not Specifically Mentioned in Classifications (A) or (B) Above and All Other Off-Highway/Severe Applications :

Within six (6) months after date of delivery of the original equipment manufacturer’s end product to the original retail purchaser.

II. REMEDY : Customer’s sole remedy under the foregoing warranty is limited to correction by means of repair, replacement or issuance of credit, at the option of CSS, of any product which is:
(A) Returned to CSS within the specified warranty time period, with prior notice to, and the written consent of, CSS, with transportation and handling charges prepaid, together with a statement describing the alleged defect, the part number, model number and application, and mileage or hours of use of such product; and (B) Upon examination, determined by CSS not to conform to the warranty.

III. Any product which is repaired or replaced under this warranty will be returned to customer prepaid. Disposition of any product determined not to be covered by this warranty will be at the customer’s expense.

IV. CSS will not be liable for any repairs, replacements, or adjustments to any product or any cost of labor performed by or at the request of customer without the express prior written consent of CSS.

V. EXCEPTIONS: The provision of this warranty shall not apply to any CSS product which is used for a purpose for which it is not designed, or which shall have been repaired or altered in any way, or which has been subject to misuse, negligence or accident, neglect of normal maintenance services, so as, in the judgement of CSS to adversely affect its performance and reliability. In no case will the CSS warranty exceed the standard published warranty of its customer in terms of time and/or distance. In all events, the CSS warranty will expire thirty (30) months after the date of manufacture as stamped on the Product. In the case of hydraulic equipment, operation with unapproved fluid or temperatures voids this warranty.

VI. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY : Customer’s sole and exclusive remedy under the foregoing warranty shall be for the repair, replacement or issuance of credit with respect to a defective product, as set forth and described above. Other provisions hereof notwithstanding, CSS shall not be liable to Customer, or any successor in interest, beneficiary or assignee of Customer, based upon any claim against CSS, whether in contract, warranty, negligence, strict liabil ity, indemnity or otherwise, for any special, consequential, incidental or other damages relating in any way to the design, manufacture, sale, installation or other use of any product purchased from CSS.

VII. EXCLUSION OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES: THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS THE EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY BY CSS AND IS

IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS, WHETHER ORAL, WRITTEN, EX-

PRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

TRW COMMERCIAL STEERING SYSTEMS
Revised November 2001
EXHIBIT 1

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Chassis Frame & Crossmembers
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/16/2010 WA0038

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
EXHIBIT 1
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

EXHIBIT 1

MERITOR
®

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS
WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2020 VEHICLES
EXHIBIT 1
Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221).
2 Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 3-4 General Service ................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle .......................................................................... 7-8 Fire and Emergency ................................................................................................ 9 Transit Bus ........................................................................................................... 10 Off-Highway Service .............................................................................................. 11 Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................ 12 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl=Unlimited
P=Parts Only
P&L=Parts & Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles

WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS
EXHIBIT 1
n Bulk Hauler
n Chip Hauler (Truck)*
n Doubles
n Flatbed
n General Freight
n Grain Hauler
n Livestock Hauler
n Moving Van
n Pipe Hauler
n Refrigerated Freight
n Tanker
n Triples
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
n Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction
n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty cons ideration.

Linehaul Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
Linehaul Typically Is
RPL 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
MS-21-144
RS-21-145
RS-21-160
MS-23-17X
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

RT-34-144/P/A
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P
1,2
RT-46-160/P 1,2
RT-46-164EH/P 1,2
RT-50-160/P 1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
MT-40-943
MT-40-943-SP
RZ-166
2 RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L

LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
3 EXHIBIT 1
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Y ears or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/L
EX+ Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty 3 5/500/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L.
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies only to MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e.

EX225LXXXCDXXX
MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Curbing Damage W arranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control V alve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control V alve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P , 3/300/L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable.

TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 2 1/100/P&L
PreSet by Meritor 3 5/500/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5P/L
AxlePak7 5 7P/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor.
3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems
TAG/Pusher Axles1
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Trailer Axles
4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
EXHIBIT 1
n Auto Hauler
n Beverage Truck
n Chip Hauler
n Cross Country Coach
n Flatbed
n Front Engine Commercial Chassis
n Front Engine Integral Coach
n General Freight
n Intercity Coach
n Intermodal Chassis
n Livestock Hauler
n Meat Packer
n Moving Van
n Municipal Truck
n Newspaper Delivery
n Pick-Up and Delivery
n Pipe Hauler
n Platform Auto Hauler
n Rear Engine Integral Coach
n Recreational Vehicles
n Refrigerated Freight
n School Bus
n Stake Truck
n Tanker
n Tanker Trailer
n Tour Bus
n Wrecker
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-946
1 FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

General Service Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
General Service Typically Is

GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-21-144
MS-23-17X
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-22-145/A
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-162
1 RC-23-165 1
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
71162
71163
79163
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-185
1 MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-50-160/P
RZ-166
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516 FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
EXHIBIT 1
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Cam P3 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake ™ 3 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA3 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Y ears or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P . 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.

Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5/P&L
AxlePak7 5 7/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor .
4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 7/P&L
Beam and Brackets 7/P , 1/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.

MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage W arranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control V alve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control V alve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control V alve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 3 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 1 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
1 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor.

Brake Components
Trailer Axles
Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
Meritor® Tire Inflation System
TAG/Pusher Axles
6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
EXHIBIT 1
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
n Airport Rescue Fire Fighting
(ARFF)
n Airport Shuttle*
n Asphalt Truck
n Block Truck
n Bottom Dump T railer
Combination
n Cementing Vehicle
n Commercial Pick-Up
n Concrete Pumper
n Construction Material Hauler
n Mixer
n Demolition
n Drill Rig
n Dump
n Equipment Hauling
n Flatbed Trailer Hauler
n Flatbed Truck
n Fracturing Truck
n Front Loader
n Geophysical Exploration
n Hopper Trailer Combinations
n Landscaping Truck
n Liquid Waste Hauler
n Log Hauling
n Lowboy
n Michigan Special Gravel T rains
n Michigan Special Log Hauler
n Michigan Special Steel Hauler
n Michigan Special W aste Vehicle
n Municipal Dump
n Rear Loader (Refuse)
n Recycling Truck
n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
n Rigging Truck
n Roll-Off
n Scrap Truck
n Semi-End Dump
n Sewer/Septic Vacuum
n Shuttle Bus*
n Side Loader
n Snowplow/Snowblower
n Steel Hauling
n Tanker
n Tank Truck
n Tractors with Pole Trailers
n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
n Transfer Dump
n Transfer Vehicle
n Utility Truck
n Winch Truck
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road)
n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-810
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
7 *Commercial chassis only
MS-17-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
RS-19-144
MS-21-114
MS-21-14X
RS-21-145
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
RC-25-160
RC-26-633
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516
FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
EXHIBIT 1
MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/380
1,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/380
1,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P3 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
2 Applies to City Bus, T rolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.
3 W arranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by
Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P .

RT-40-160/P/A 3
RT-46-160/P/A 1,3
RT-46-164EH/P/A 2,3
RT-50-160/P/A 3
RZ-166
1 U.S. only . Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for
combination vehicles only.
2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact
Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details.
3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application
Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior
to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter
#303 and #396 for further details.
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control V alve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 1 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all
systems require annual inspections and proper
documentation to ensure full coverage.
3 When installed by Meritor.
(For brake components and ABS coverage,
refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Trailer Axles
8 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
EXHIBIT 1
n Aerial Ladder Truck
n Aerial Platform
n Ambulance
n Command Vehicle
n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
n Pumper
n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV)
n Tanker
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MX-19140
MX-21140
MX-21160
MX-23160
MX-23810
n Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P .

Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Fire and Emergency Typically Is
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-380
RS-25-160
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-185
1 MT-58-616
RT-58-185
1 MT-70-380
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION
9 EXHIBIT 1
Transit Bus Vehicles
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, T rolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.

MC-26000
71063
79063
Brake Components Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
n Airport Shuttle
n City Bus
n Commuter Coach
n Shuttle Bus
n Transit Bus
n Trolley
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP- 9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Transit Bus Typically Is
FH-946
FH-941 1
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-155
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-162
1 RC-23-165 1
RS-21-160
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
MC-14002
MC-16003
FH-946
Drivelines
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION
10 1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
EXHIBIT 1
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles
n Load-On/Load-Off
n Port Tractor
n Rail Yard Spotter
n Roll-On/Roll-Off
n Stevedoring Tractor
n Trailer Spotter
n Yard Jockey
n All-Terrain Crane
n Rough Terrain Crane
n Forestry
n Material Handling
n Specialized Heavy Haul
n Specialized Mining
n Excavator
n Compactor
n Fertilizer Spreader
n Snow Blower
n Mining
n Rail Car Mover
n Loader
n Tow Tractor
n Pushback Tractor
n Low mileage operation
n Low speed vehicle speed restriction
n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

RPL MXL
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is
Drivelines – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY

INFORMATION
11 MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
EXHIBIT 1
Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in - terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles
King Pin Bushings.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Meritor
® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with
A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Disc Brake
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P .

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P .

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details.
12 TERMS AND CONDITIONS
EXHIBIT 1
For more information:
call Ontrac at 866-668-7221
or visit meritor.com
©2018 Meritor, Inc.

Litho in USA, SP-95155
Revised 1-19 (47865/11900)
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC
2135 West Maple Road
Troy, Michigan 48084 USA
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first.

Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor
maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required.

To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Meritor’ s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy.

The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty .

THIS W ARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies.

In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component.
(8) T o Obtain Service.

If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location.

The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu - ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement.

This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner.

EXHIBIT 1
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Five (5) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

EXHIBIT 1

MERITOR
®

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS
WARRANTY/MODEL YEAR 2020 VEHICLES
EXHIBIT 1
Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting www.meritor.com or by contacting Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221).
2 Linehaul ............................................................................................................. 3-4 General Service ................................................................................................... 5-6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle .......................................................................... 7-8 Fire and Emergency ................................................................................................ 9 Transit Bus ........................................................................................................... 10 Off-Highway Service .............................................................................................. 11 Terms and Conditions ............................................................................................ 12 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl=Unlimited
P=Parts Only
P&L=Parts & Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Meritor Publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Effective Model Year 2020 Vehicles

WARRANTY INFORMATION CONTENTS
EXHIBIT 1
n Bulk Hauler
n Chip Hauler (Truck)*
n Doubles
n Flatbed
n General Freight
n Grain Hauler
n Livestock Hauler
n Moving Van
n Pipe Hauler
n Refrigerated Freight
n Tanker
n Triples
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
n High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
n Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction
n Greater than 30 miles between starting and stopping
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line. * Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty cons ideration.

Linehaul Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
Linehaul Typically Is
RPL 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
MS-21-144
RS-21-145
RS-21-160
MS-23-17X
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

RT-34-144/P/A
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P
1,2
RT-46-160/P 1,2
RT-46-164EH/P 1,2
RT-50-160/P 1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
MT-40-943
MT-40-943-SP
RZ-166
2 RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L

LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
3 EXHIBIT 1
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P , 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Y ears or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 5/500/P , 1/Unl/L
EX+ Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty 3 5/500/P&L 1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 3/500/P&L.
2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies only to MA761 friction material code CD brake assembly i.e.

EX225LXXXCDXXX
MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Curbing Damage W arranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control V alve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control V alve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs & Rebound Straps 2/200/P , 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P , 3/300/L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable.

TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS Coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 2 1/100/P&L
PreSet by Meritor 3 5/500/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5P/L
AxlePak7 5 7P/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 2 When installed by Meritor.
3 Requires approved hubcap stating PreSet by Meritor on hubcap face. 4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Brake Components Trailer Air Suspension Systems
TAG/Pusher Axles1
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Trailer Axles
4 LINEHAUL WARRANTY INFORMATION
EXHIBIT 1
n Auto Hauler
n Beverage Truck
n Chip Hauler
n Cross Country Coach
n Flatbed
n Front Engine Commercial Chassis
n Front Engine Integral Coach
n General Freight
n Intercity Coach
n Intermodal Chassis
n Livestock Hauler
n Meat Packer
n Moving Van
n Municipal Truck
n Newspaper Delivery
n Pick-Up and Delivery
n Pipe Hauler
n Platform Auto Hauler
n Rear Engine Integral Coach
n Recreational Vehicles
n Refrigerated Freight
n School Bus
n Stake Truck
n Tanker
n Tanker Trailer
n Tour Bus
n Wrecker
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-946
1 FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
n Lower mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

General Service Vehicles
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
General Service Typically Is

GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach Applications. 5 MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
RS-19-144/145/A
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-21-144
MS-23-17X
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-22-145/A
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-162
1 RC-23-165 1
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
71162
71163
79163
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-14XHE
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-185
1 MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-50-160/P
RZ-166
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/P&L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516 FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
EXHIBIT 1
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Cam P3 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake ™ 3 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA3 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™ 2 12-Y ears or Wearable Life/P EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P . 2 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
3 Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only.

Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 4 5/P&L
AxlePak7 5 7/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 3 When installed by Meritor .
4 When specified with AxlePak5 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
5 When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on MTIS thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Beam & Brackets 6/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 1
Standard System 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak7 7/P&L
Beam and Brackets 7/P , 1/L
1 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage.

MPA38/40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram) 1
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage W arranty 2 5/500/P , 1/100/L
Height Control V alve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Air Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control V alve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P , 3/L
MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control V alve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 3 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by Meritor 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling, or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding subframe, consisting of the frame rails, crossmembers, and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage.

Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferrable to another trailer VIN, and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped, or otherwise not salvageable. 3 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
TQ, TQD, TR, TRD Beam and Brackets 1 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L MC14002, MC16003, FH946 2/Unl/P&L
(For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.)
1 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Meritor.

Brake Components
Trailer Axles
Chassis Axles (2000 Series/ChassiPak)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
Meritor® Tire Inflation System
TAG/Pusher Axles
6 GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
EXHIBIT 1
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
n Airport Rescue Fire Fighting
(ARFF)
n Airport Shuttle*
n Asphalt Truck
n Block Truck
n Bottom Dump T railer
Combination
n Cementing Vehicle
n Commercial Pick-Up
n Concrete Pumper
n Construction Material Hauler
n Mixer
n Demolition
n Drill Rig
n Dump
n Equipment Hauling
n Flatbed Trailer Hauler
n Flatbed Truck
n Fracturing Truck
n Front Loader
n Geophysical Exploration
n Hopper Trailer Combinations
n Landscaping Truck
n Liquid Waste Hauler
n Log Hauling
n Lowboy
n Michigan Special Gravel T rains
n Michigan Special Log Hauler
n Michigan Special Steel Hauler
n Michigan Special W aste Vehicle
n Municipal Dump
n Rear Loader (Refuse)
n Recycling Truck
n Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
n Rigging Truck
n Roll-Off
n Scrap Truck
n Semi-End Dump
n Sewer/Septic Vacuum
n Shuttle Bus*
n Side Loader
n Snowplow/Snowblower
n Steel Hauling
n Tanker
n Tank Truck
n Tractors with Pole Trailers
n Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
n Transfer Dump
n Transfer Vehicle
n Utility Truck
n Winch Truck
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) n On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road)
n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/ or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle Typically Is
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-810
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
7 *Commercial chassis only
MS-17-14X
RS-17-144/145/A
MS-19-14X
RS-19-144
MS-21-114
MS-21-14X
RS-21-145
RS-21-145/A
RS-21-160
RC-22-145
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
RC-25-160
RC-26-633
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Drivelines
11170
523
RND-14H
RND-16A
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)
MX-29-130-FV (FSD-29A)
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-318
MPT-500
MPT-510
MPT-518
MPT-526
MPT-531
MPT-543
MPT-170
MPT-1702
MPT-175
MPT-185
MPT-190
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
516
FAT 30
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
EXHIBIT 1
MT-34-14X/P
RT-34-144/P/A
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-145/A
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/380
1,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/380
1,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P3 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Based on stamped wear diameter max.
2 Applies to City Bus, T rolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.
3 W arranty for all non-Meritor ASAs supplied by
Meritor for all Heavy Service vocations is 1/100/P .

RT-40-160/P/A 3
RT-46-160/P/A 1,3
RT-46-164EH/P/A 2,3
RT-50-160/P/A 3
RZ-166
1 U.S. only . Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for
combination vehicles only.
2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact
Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details.
3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application
Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior
to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis
number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter
#303 and #396 for further details.
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN.

Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem -
3/Unl/P&L MTA (Trailing Arm)
Major Structural Components1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Height Control V alve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Bushings 1 5/Unl/P , 3/Unl/L
1 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
(For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate
product warranties.)
Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
Beam and Brackets 1 5/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems 2
Standard System 3 1/Unl/P&L
1 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L.
2 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all
systems require annual inspections and proper
documentation to ensure full coverage.
3 When installed by Meritor.
(For brake components and ABS coverage,
refer to appropriate product warranties.)
Trailer Axles
8 HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIAL TY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
EXHIBIT 1
n Aerial Ladder Truck
n Aerial Platform
n Ambulance
n Command Vehicle
n Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
n Pumper
n Rapid Intervention Vehicle (RIV)
n Tanker
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MX-19140
MX-21140
MX-21160
MX-23160
MX-23810
n Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year) n Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
n An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™ 2/Unl/P&L
1 Includes: bushing, seal, cam, ASA lubrication and wear coverage of 1/Unl/P .

Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Fire and Emergency Typically Is
RPL 4/400/P , 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P , 1/Unl/L
155N 1/Unl/P
92N 1/Unl/P
Drivelines
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-380
RS-25-160
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Meritor.

MT-40-14X/P
MT-40-144/P
RT-40-145/A
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-44-145/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164EH/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-185
1 MT-58-616
RT-58-185
1 MT-70-380
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

FIRE AND EMERGENCY WARRANTY INFORMATION
9 EXHIBIT 1
Transit Bus Vehicles
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™ 1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and
Other Wheel-end
Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, T rolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only.

MC-26000
71063
79063
Brake Components Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
n Airport Shuttle
n City Bus
n Commuter Coach
n Shuttle Bus
n Transit Bus
n Trolley
n Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) n Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP- 9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

Transit Bus Typically Is
FH-946
FH-941 1
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-155
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-162
1 RC-23-165 1
RS-21-160
Front Drive/Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RPL 3/Unl/P , 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
MC-14002
MC-16003
FH-946
Drivelines
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L

TRANSIT BUS WARRANTY INFORMATION
10 1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
EXHIBIT 1
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Vehicles
n Load-On/Load-Off
n Port Tractor
n Rail Yard Spotter
n Roll-On/Roll-Off
n Stevedoring Tractor
n Trailer Spotter
n Yard Jockey
n All-Terrain Crane
n Rough Terrain Crane
n Forestry
n Material Handling
n Specialized Heavy Haul
n Specialized Mining
n Excavator
n Compactor
n Fertilizer Spreader
n Snow Blower
n Mining
n Rail Car Mover
n Loader
n Tow Tractor
n Pushback Tractor
n Low mileage operation
n Low speed vehicle speed restriction
n Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
n Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Coverage under Meritor’s warranty require that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.

RPL MXL
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Industrial And Off-Highway Service Typically Is
Drivelines – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-end Components 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
Brake ComponentsFront Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY

INFORMATION
11 MTC-4213
MTC-4210
MTC-4208
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (529 & 548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 & TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/247)
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/350)
MTC-3205-GV (RTC-25/350)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (RTC-60/380)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/420)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/380)
MTC-3212-CV (315 & 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-2212-CV (306)
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MGX-240
MGX-279
MGX-279D
MGX-280
MGX-285
MGX-292
MGX-314
MGX-376
MGX-377
MGX-378
MGX-380
MGX-384
MGX-402
MGX-413
MGX-448
MGX-456
MGX-478
MGX-480
MGX-487
MGX-488
MGX-505
MGX-506
MGX-514
MGX-519
MGX-520
MGX-522
MGX-524
MGX-527
MGX-528
MGX-533
MGX-534
MGX-536
MGX-537
MGX-541
MGX-545
MGX-546
MGX-550
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
EXHIBIT 1
Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Meritor with suspension and in - terface brackets designed and/or attached by non-Meritor parties, Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods, and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles
King Pin Bushings.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Meritor. If yoke is not installed by Meritor, then Meritor does not warrant pinion seals. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Meritor
® breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with
A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Disc Brake
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, bushings and pins is 2/200/P .

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P .

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Meritor representative for specific details.
12 TERMS AND CONDITIONS
EXHIBIT 1
For more information:
call Ontrac at 866-668-7221
or visit meritor.com
©2018 Meritor, Inc.

Litho in USA, SP-95155
Revised 1-19 (47865/11900)
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC
2135 West Maple Road
Troy, Michigan 48084 USA
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first.

Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Meritor
maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required.

To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Meritor directly. Failure to notify Meritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify Meritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Meritor’ s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines, and/or contact Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity), or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply. (5) Remedy.

The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Meritor’s option. Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty .

THIS W ARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies.

In no event shall Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect, or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes, or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component.
(8) T o Obtain Service.

If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Meritor service location.

The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Meritor for an evalu - ation of the claim. When authorized by Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement.

This is the entire agreement between Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Meritor and the Owner.

EXHIBIT 1
)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) YearWarranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle.
2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

EXHIBIT 1

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
EXHIBIT 1
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components.
2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&LTrailer Lift Axle Control Valve
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)
3 Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
EXHIBIT 1
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L
Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter
3 Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
EXHIBIT 1
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
2/Unl/PAir Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
2/Unl/PElectric Brake Locks
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
2/Unl/PElectrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV)
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
2/Unl/PHydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications
EXHIBIT 1

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB- 1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P .

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a
ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4)
malfunction
of the component due to internal contamination of the
v
ehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to c
ontamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.

EXHIBIT 1
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this
publication, which have been installed by an
Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components
listed in this publication, if any. If the components
listed in this
publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or
service contract,
then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract
shall supersede
ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s
warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period fr
om the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the
WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in- service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly
. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in- service date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify
ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and
ZF, approvals.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and
tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’
s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including
deviation from
maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube
levels). This
warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. T
o obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any
participating OEM dealer or
ZF distributor networks' servicer. The
dealer or
ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When
authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF
authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
EXHIBIT 1
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by
and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves
the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY
, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

ZF may change the design or make
improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no,
ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to
make any additional warranty on behalf of
ZF unless in writing and
signed by an authorized representative of
ZF.

EXHIBIT 1
About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021 ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.

EXHIBIT 1
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0012

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

EXHIBIT 1

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) YearsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory).Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0055

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
EXHIBIT 1
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1/11/2011 WA0188

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) monthsWarranty Period
Ends After:

The date of delivery.Warranty Begins:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during th e
warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

EXHIBIT 1

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS

Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following te rms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

PAID BY THE CUSTOMER APPLICABLE
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends
← All documents from this meeting